|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 /*
|
|
|
17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group.
|
|
|
18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in
|
|
|
19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE.
|
|
|
20 */
|
|
|
21 struct hl_group
|
|
|
22 {
|
|
|
23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */
|
|
|
25 /* for normal terminals */
|
|
|
26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */
|
|
|
28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */
|
|
|
29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */
|
|
|
30 /* for color terminals */
|
|
|
31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */
|
|
|
32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */
|
|
|
33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */
|
|
|
36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
37 /* for when using the GUI */
|
|
|
38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */
|
|
|
40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */
|
|
|
41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */
|
|
|
42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */
|
|
205
|
43 guicolor_T sg_gui_sp; /* GUI special color handle */
|
|
|
44 char_u *sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */
|
|
7
|
45 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */
|
|
|
46 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
47 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */
|
|
|
48 #endif
|
|
|
49 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */
|
|
|
50 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */
|
|
|
51 #endif
|
|
|
52 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */
|
|
|
53 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */
|
|
448
|
54 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
55 scid_T sg_scriptID; /* script in which the group was last set */
|
|
|
56 #endif
|
|
7
|
57 };
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
59 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */
|
|
|
60 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */
|
|
|
61 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */
|
|
|
62 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
64 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
66 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data)))
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
68 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
1322
|
69 /* Flags to indicate an additional string for highlight name completion. */
|
|
|
70 static int include_none = 0; /* when 1 include "None" */
|
|
|
71 static int include_default = 0; /* when 1 include "default" */
|
|
|
72 static int include_link = 0; /* when 2 include "link" and "clear" */
|
|
7
|
73 #endif
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
75 /*
|
|
|
76 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the
|
|
|
77 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!).
|
|
|
78 */
|
|
|
79 static char *(hl_name_table[]) =
|
|
205
|
80 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl",
|
|
|
81 "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"};
|
|
7
|
82 static int hl_attr_table[] =
|
|
205
|
83 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0};
|
|
7
|
84
|
|
|
85 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep));
|
|
|
86 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
87 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
88 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
89 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name));
|
|
|
90 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
91 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id));
|
|
|
92 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link));
|
|
|
93 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
95 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
96 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
97 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
98 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
99 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
100 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
101 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width));
|
|
|
102 # endif
|
|
|
103 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
104 #endif
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 /*
|
|
|
107 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF.
|
|
|
108 */
|
|
|
109 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1)
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
111 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
113 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
115 /* different types of offsets that are possible */
|
|
|
116 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */
|
|
|
117 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */
|
|
|
118 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */
|
|
|
119 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */
|
|
|
120 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */
|
|
|
121 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */
|
|
|
122 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */
|
|
|
123 #define SPO_COUNT 7
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
125 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) =
|
|
|
126 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="};
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
128 /*
|
|
|
129 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern.
|
|
|
130 * A match item consists of one pattern.
|
|
|
131 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns.
|
|
|
132 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m
|
|
|
133 * end patterns.
|
|
|
134 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end.
|
|
|
135 *
|
|
|
136 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end)
|
|
|
137 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end).
|
|
|
138 */
|
|
|
139 typedef struct syn_pattern
|
|
|
140 {
|
|
|
141 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */
|
|
|
142 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */
|
|
|
143 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */
|
|
|
144 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */
|
|
|
145 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */
|
|
|
146 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */
|
|
|
147 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */
|
|
|
148 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */
|
|
|
149 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */
|
|
|
150 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */
|
|
|
151 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
152 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
153 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */
|
|
|
154 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */
|
|
|
155 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */
|
|
|
156 } synpat_T;
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
158 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this:
|
|
|
159 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF)
|
|
|
160 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT))
|
|
|
161 * When both are present, only one is used.
|
|
|
162 */
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
164 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */
|
|
|
165 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */
|
|
|
166 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */
|
|
|
167 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
169 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */
|
|
|
170 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */
|
|
|
171 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */
|
|
|
172 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */
|
|
|
173 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */
|
|
|
174 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */
|
|
|
175 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */
|
|
|
176 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */
|
|
|
177 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */
|
|
|
178 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */
|
|
|
179 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */
|
|
|
180 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */
|
|
|
181 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */
|
|
|
182 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */
|
|
|
183 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */
|
|
|
184 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for
|
|
|
185 * si_flags and bs_flags. */
|
|
|
186 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */
|
|
|
187 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
189 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data))
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
191 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
193 /*
|
|
|
194 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags:
|
|
|
195 */
|
|
|
196 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */
|
|
|
197 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
199 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data))
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
201 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
203 /*
|
|
|
204 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized.
|
|
|
205 */
|
|
|
206 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */
|
|
|
207 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
208 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */
|
|
|
209 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
210 #endif
|
|
|
211
|
|
221
|
212 typedef struct syn_cluster_S
|
|
7
|
213 {
|
|
|
214 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */
|
|
|
215 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */
|
|
|
216 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */
|
|
221
|
217 } syn_cluster_T;
|
|
7
|
218
|
|
|
219 /*
|
|
|
220 * Methods of combining two clusters
|
|
|
221 */
|
|
|
222 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */
|
|
|
223 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */
|
|
|
224 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */
|
|
|
225
|
|
221
|
226 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data))
|
|
7
|
227
|
|
|
228 /*
|
|
|
229 * Syntax group IDs have different types:
|
|
|
230 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups
|
|
|
231 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
232 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
233 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
234 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID)
|
|
|
235 */
|
|
|
236 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */
|
|
|
237 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */
|
|
|
238 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */
|
|
|
239 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
241 /*
|
|
|
242 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to
|
|
|
243 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so
|
|
|
244 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here.
|
|
|
245 */
|
|
|
246 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep;
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
248 /*
|
|
|
249 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d
|
|
|
250 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the
|
|
|
251 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
252 */
|
|
|
253 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
254 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
256 /*
|
|
134
|
257 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry.
|
|
|
258 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item.
|
|
|
259 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer.
|
|
|
260 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
|
261 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
|
262 */
|
|
|
263 static keyentry_T dumkey;
|
|
|
264 #define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword)
|
|
|
265 #define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey)))
|
|
|
266 #define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key)
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
268 /*
|
|
7
|
269 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state
|
|
|
270 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no
|
|
|
271 * "keepend" on the stack.
|
|
|
272 */
|
|
|
273 static int keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
274
|
|
|
275 /*
|
|
|
276 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx.
|
|
|
277 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown.
|
|
|
278 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char)
|
|
|
279 */
|
|
|
280 typedef struct state_item
|
|
|
281 {
|
|
1371
|
282 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern or
|
|
|
283 KEYWORD_IDX */
|
|
7
|
284 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */
|
|
|
285 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
286 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */
|
|
|
287 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */
|
|
|
288 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */
|
|
|
289 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
290 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
291 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */
|
|
|
292 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */
|
|
|
293 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */
|
|
|
294 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */
|
|
|
295 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and
|
|
|
296 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */
|
|
|
297 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */
|
|
|
298 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */
|
|
|
299 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start
|
|
|
300 * pattern */
|
|
|
301 } stateitem_T;
|
|
|
302
|
|
|
303 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */
|
|
|
304 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all
|
|
|
305 but contained groups */
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
307 /*
|
|
154
|
308 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used
|
|
|
309 * very often.
|
|
|
310 */
|
|
|
311 typedef struct
|
|
|
312 {
|
|
1222
|
313 int flags; /* flags for contained and transparent */
|
|
154
|
314 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */
|
|
|
315 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL
|
|
|
316 if not allowed */
|
|
|
317 char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */
|
|
|
318 short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */
|
|
|
319 short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */
|
|
|
320 short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
321 } syn_opt_arg_T;
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
323 /*
|
|
7
|
324 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered,
|
|
|
325 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column.
|
|
|
326 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet.
|
|
|
327 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line.
|
|
|
328 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end)
|
|
|
329 */
|
|
|
330 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */
|
|
|
331 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */
|
|
|
332 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */
|
|
|
333 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */
|
|
|
334 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */
|
|
|
335 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */
|
|
|
336 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */
|
|
|
337 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */
|
|
|
338 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */
|
|
|
339 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
341 /*
|
|
|
342 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a
|
|
|
343 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero.
|
|
|
344 */
|
|
|
345 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0)
|
|
|
346 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0)
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
348 /*
|
|
|
349 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine.
|
|
|
350 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid.
|
|
|
351 */
|
|
|
352 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */
|
|
|
353 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */
|
|
|
354 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */
|
|
|
355 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */
|
|
|
356 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state
|
|
|
357 * after setting current_finished */
|
|
|
358 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */
|
|
|
359 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */
|
|
|
360 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
361 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */
|
|
|
362 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */
|
|
|
363 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */
|
|
|
364
|
|
|
365 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx]
|
|
|
366
|
|
|
367 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid));
|
|
|
368 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
369 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
370 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline));
|
|
|
371 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
372 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
373 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
374 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
1512
|
375 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
376 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from));
|
|
|
377 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
378 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
379 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
380 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing));
|
|
1504
|
381 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell, int keep_state));
|
|
7
|
382 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap));
|
|
|
383 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
384 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
385 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
386 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
387 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force));
|
|
|
388 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list));
|
|
|
389 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained));
|
|
|
390 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
391 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
393 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext));
|
|
|
394 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
395 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
397 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
398 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
399 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
400 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
401 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
402 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
|
|
|
403 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
404 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
419
|
405 static void syn_cmd_spell __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
7
|
406 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
407 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx));
|
|
|
408 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
409 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
410 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
411 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing));
|
|
|
412 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
413 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
414 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
415 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
416 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
417 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name));
|
|
|
418 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
419 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
420 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
421 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only));
|
|
|
422 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
423 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr));
|
|
|
424 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr));
|
|
134
|
425 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr));
|
|
|
426 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
|
427 static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
7
|
428 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list));
|
|
|
429 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end));
|
|
154
|
430 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt));
|
|
7
|
431 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
432 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
433 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
434 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
435 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
436 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
437 #else
|
|
|
438 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
439 #endif
|
|
|
440 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
441 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
442 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len));
|
|
|
443 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len));
|
|
|
444 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
445 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
446 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci));
|
|
|
447 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
448 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list));
|
|
|
449 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op));
|
|
|
450 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp));
|
|
|
451
|
|
|
452 /*
|
|
|
453 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called
|
|
|
454 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line.
|
|
|
455 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get
|
|
|
456 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and
|
|
|
457 * window.
|
|
|
458 */
|
|
|
459 void
|
|
|
460 syntax_start(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
461 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
462 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
463 {
|
|
|
464 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
465 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
466 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL;
|
|
1512
|
467 synstate_T *sp, *prev = NULL;
|
|
7
|
468 linenr_T parsed_lnum;
|
|
|
469 linenr_T first_stored;
|
|
|
470 int dist;
|
|
26
|
471 static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */
|
|
7
|
472
|
|
|
473 /*
|
|
|
474 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state.
|
|
26
|
475 * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid
|
|
|
476 * then.
|
|
7
|
477 */
|
|
26
|
478 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick)
|
|
7
|
479 {
|
|
|
480 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
481 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
482 }
|
|
26
|
483 changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick;
|
|
7
|
484 syn_win = wp;
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
486 /*
|
|
|
487 * Allocate syntax stack when needed.
|
|
|
488 */
|
|
|
489 syn_stack_alloc();
|
|
|
490 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
410
|
491 return; /* out of memory */
|
|
7
|
492 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick;
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
494 /*
|
|
|
495 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it.
|
|
|
496 */
|
|
|
497 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state)
|
|
|
498 && current_lnum < lnum
|
|
|
499 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
500 {
|
|
|
501 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
502 if (!current_state_stored)
|
|
|
503 {
|
|
|
504 ++current_lnum;
|
|
1512
|
505 (void)store_current_state();
|
|
7
|
506 }
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
508 /*
|
|
|
509 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current
|
|
|
510 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate
|
|
|
511 * current_state and figure it out below.
|
|
|
512 */
|
|
|
513 if (current_lnum != lnum)
|
|
|
514 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
515 }
|
|
|
516 else
|
|
|
517 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
518
|
|
|
519 /*
|
|
|
520 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
521 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state.
|
|
|
522 */
|
|
|
523 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
524 {
|
|
|
525 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */
|
|
|
526 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
527 {
|
|
|
528 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
529 break;
|
|
|
530 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
531 {
|
|
|
532 last_valid = p;
|
|
|
533 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines)
|
|
|
534 last_min_valid = p;
|
|
|
535 }
|
|
|
536 }
|
|
|
537 if (last_min_valid != NULL)
|
|
|
538 load_current_state(last_min_valid);
|
|
|
539 }
|
|
|
540
|
|
|
541 /*
|
|
|
542 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to
|
|
|
543 * re-synchronize.
|
|
|
544 */
|
|
|
545 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
546 {
|
|
|
547 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid);
|
|
|
548 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines;
|
|
|
549 }
|
|
|
550 else
|
|
|
551 first_stored = current_lnum;
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
553 /*
|
|
|
554 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line.
|
|
|
555 * Save some entries for syncing with later on.
|
|
|
556 */
|
|
819
|
557 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows)
|
|
|
558 dist = 999999;
|
|
|
559 else
|
|
|
560 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
7
|
561 while (current_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
562 {
|
|
|
563 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
564 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
565 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
567 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid
|
|
|
568 * state, the current state is considered valid. */
|
|
|
569 if (current_lnum >= first_stored)
|
|
|
570 {
|
|
|
571 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is
|
|
|
572 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved
|
|
|
573 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */
|
|
|
574 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
1512
|
575 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum - 1);
|
|
|
576 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
7
|
577 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
578 else
|
|
1512
|
579 sp = prev;
|
|
|
580 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < current_lnum)
|
|
|
581 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
7
|
582 if (sp != NULL
|
|
|
583 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
584 && syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
585 {
|
|
|
586 parsed_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
587 prev = sp;
|
|
|
588 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum)
|
|
|
589 {
|
|
|
590 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
591 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */
|
|
|
592 prev = sp;
|
|
|
593 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
594 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */
|
|
|
595 break;
|
|
|
596 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
597 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
598 }
|
|
|
599 load_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
600 }
|
|
|
601 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line
|
|
|
602 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously
|
|
|
603 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */
|
|
|
604 else if (prev == NULL
|
|
|
605 || current_lnum == lnum
|
|
|
606 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist)
|
|
1512
|
607 prev = store_current_state();
|
|
7
|
608 }
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
610 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current
|
|
|
611 * state will be wrong then. */
|
|
|
612 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
613 if (got_int)
|
|
|
614 {
|
|
|
615 current_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
616 break;
|
|
|
617 }
|
|
|
618 }
|
|
|
619
|
|
|
620 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
621 }
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
623 /*
|
|
|
624 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we
|
|
|
625 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first.
|
|
|
626 */
|
|
|
627 static void
|
|
|
628 clear_syn_state(p)
|
|
|
629 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
630 {
|
|
|
631 int i;
|
|
|
632 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
633
|
|
|
634 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
635 {
|
|
|
636 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga);
|
|
|
637 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
638 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
639 ga_clear(gap);
|
|
|
640 }
|
|
|
641 else
|
|
|
642 {
|
|
|
643 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++)
|
|
|
644 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
645 }
|
|
|
646 }
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
648 /*
|
|
|
649 * Cleanup the current_state stack.
|
|
|
650 */
|
|
|
651 static void
|
|
|
652 clear_current_state()
|
|
|
653 {
|
|
|
654 int i;
|
|
|
655 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
656
|
|
|
657 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data);
|
|
|
658 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
659 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch);
|
|
|
660 ga_clear(¤t_state);
|
|
|
661 }
|
|
|
662
|
|
|
663 /*
|
|
|
664 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum".
|
|
|
665 *
|
|
|
666 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is
|
|
|
667 * used:
|
|
|
668 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment.
|
|
|
669 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
670 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum".
|
|
|
671 */
|
|
|
672 static void
|
|
|
673 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid)
|
|
|
674 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
675 linenr_T start_lnum;
|
|
|
676 synstate_T *last_valid;
|
|
|
677 {
|
|
|
678 buf_T *curbuf_save;
|
|
|
679 win_T *curwin_save;
|
|
|
680 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
681 int idx;
|
|
|
682 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
683 linenr_T end_lnum;
|
|
|
684 linenr_T break_lnum;
|
|
|
685 int had_sync_point;
|
|
|
686 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
687 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
688 char_u *line;
|
|
|
689 int found_flags = 0;
|
|
|
690 int found_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
691 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
692 int found_current_col= 0;
|
|
|
693 lpos_T found_m_endpos;
|
|
442
|
694 colnr_T prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
695
|
|
|
696 /*
|
|
|
697 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around.
|
|
|
698 */
|
|
|
699 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
701 /*
|
|
|
702 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is
|
|
|
703 * there.
|
|
|
704 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in
|
|
|
705 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines,
|
|
|
706 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small.
|
|
|
707 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM.
|
|
|
708 */
|
|
|
709 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum)
|
|
|
710 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
711 else
|
|
|
712 {
|
|
|
713 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1)
|
|
|
714 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
715 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10)
|
|
|
716 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2;
|
|
|
717 else
|
|
|
718 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2;
|
|
|
719 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
720 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
721 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
722 if (lnum >= start_lnum)
|
|
|
723 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
724 else
|
|
|
725 start_lnum -= lnum;
|
|
|
726 }
|
|
|
727 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
728
|
|
|
729 /*
|
|
|
730 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment.
|
|
|
731 */
|
|
|
732 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
733 {
|
|
|
734 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to
|
|
|
735 * use find_start_comment(). */
|
|
|
736 curwin_save = curwin;
|
|
|
737 curwin = wp;
|
|
|
738 curbuf_save = curbuf;
|
|
|
739 curbuf = syn_buf;
|
|
|
740
|
|
|
741 /*
|
|
|
742 * Skip lines that end in a backslash.
|
|
|
743 */
|
|
|
744 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum)
|
|
|
745 {
|
|
|
746 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1);
|
|
|
747 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\')
|
|
|
748 break;
|
|
|
749 }
|
|
|
750 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
751
|
|
|
752 /* set cursor to start of search */
|
|
|
753 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
|
|
|
754 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
755 wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
756
|
|
|
757 /*
|
|
|
758 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that
|
|
|
759 * defines the comment.
|
|
|
760 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines.
|
|
|
761 */
|
|
|
762 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL)
|
|
|
763 {
|
|
|
764 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
765 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id
|
|
|
766 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
767 {
|
|
|
768 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
769 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK)
|
|
|
770 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
771 break;
|
|
|
772 }
|
|
|
773 }
|
|
|
774
|
|
|
775 /* restore cursor and buffer */
|
|
|
776 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
777 curwin = curwin_save;
|
|
|
778 curbuf = curbuf_save;
|
|
|
779 }
|
|
|
780
|
|
|
781 /*
|
|
|
782 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
783 */
|
|
|
784 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)
|
|
|
785 {
|
|
|
786 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
787 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
788 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
789 else
|
|
|
790 break_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
791
|
|
699
|
792 found_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
793 found_m_endpos.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
794 end_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
795 lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
796 while (--lnum > break_lnum)
|
|
|
797 {
|
|
|
798 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */
|
|
|
799 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
800 if (got_int)
|
|
|
801 {
|
|
|
802 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
803 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
804 break;
|
|
|
805 }
|
|
|
806
|
|
|
807 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */
|
|
|
808 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
809 {
|
|
|
810 load_current_state(last_valid);
|
|
|
811 break;
|
|
|
812 }
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
814 /*
|
|
|
815 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern.
|
|
|
816 */
|
|
|
817 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1))
|
|
|
818 continue;
|
|
|
819
|
|
|
820 /*
|
|
|
821 * Start with nothing on the state stack
|
|
|
822 */
|
|
|
823 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
824
|
|
|
825 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum)
|
|
|
826 {
|
|
|
827 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
828 for (;;)
|
|
|
829 {
|
|
|
830 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE);
|
|
|
831 /*
|
|
|
832 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and
|
|
|
833 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line.
|
|
|
834 */
|
|
|
835 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
836 {
|
|
|
837 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
838 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum)
|
|
|
839 {
|
|
|
840 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */
|
|
|
841 current_lnum = end_lnum;
|
|
|
842 break;
|
|
|
843 }
|
|
1371
|
844 if (cur_si->si_idx < 0)
|
|
|
845 {
|
|
|
846 /* Cannot happen? */
|
|
|
847 found_flags = 0;
|
|
|
848 found_match_idx = KEYWORD_IDX;
|
|
|
849 }
|
|
|
850 else
|
|
|
851 {
|
|
|
852 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]);
|
|
|
853 found_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
854 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx;
|
|
|
855 }
|
|
7
|
856 found_current_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
857 found_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
858 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
859 /*
|
|
|
860 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length
|
|
|
861 * match).
|
|
|
862 */
|
|
|
863 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
864 {
|
|
|
865 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
866 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
867 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum)
|
|
|
868 break;
|
|
|
869 }
|
|
|
870 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col)
|
|
|
871 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
872 else
|
|
|
873 ++current_col;
|
|
|
874
|
|
|
875 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for
|
|
442
|
876 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. Be
|
|
|
877 * careful not to go past the NUL. */
|
|
|
878 prev_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
879 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
|
880 ++current_col;
|
|
7
|
881 check_state_ends();
|
|
442
|
882 current_col = prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
883 }
|
|
|
884 else
|
|
|
885 break;
|
|
|
886 }
|
|
|
887 }
|
|
|
888
|
|
|
889 /*
|
|
|
890 * If a sync point was encountered, break here.
|
|
|
891 */
|
|
|
892 if (found_flags)
|
|
|
893 {
|
|
|
894 /*
|
|
|
895 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the
|
|
|
896 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the
|
|
|
897 * state stack empty.
|
|
|
898 */
|
|
|
899 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
900 if (found_match_idx >= 0
|
|
|
901 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
902 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
904 /*
|
|
|
905 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point
|
|
|
906 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at
|
|
|
907 * the next line.
|
|
|
908 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum.
|
|
|
909 */
|
|
|
910 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
911 {
|
|
|
912 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
913 {
|
|
|
914 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
915 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum;
|
|
|
916 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col;
|
|
|
917 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
918 check_keepend();
|
|
|
919 }
|
|
|
920 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
921 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
922 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
923 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
924 }
|
|
|
925 else
|
|
|
926 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
928 break;
|
|
|
929 }
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
931 end_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
932 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
933 }
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
935 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */
|
|
|
936 if (lnum <= break_lnum)
|
|
|
937 {
|
|
|
938 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
939 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1;
|
|
|
940 }
|
|
|
941 }
|
|
|
942
|
|
|
943 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
944 }
|
|
|
945
|
|
|
946 /*
|
|
|
947 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum".
|
|
|
948 */
|
|
|
949 static int
|
|
|
950 syn_match_linecont(lnum)
|
|
|
951 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
952 {
|
|
|
953 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
954
|
|
|
955 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL)
|
|
|
956 {
|
|
|
957 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic;
|
|
|
958 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog;
|
|
|
959 return syn_regexec(®match, lnum, (colnr_T)0);
|
|
|
960 }
|
|
|
961 return FALSE;
|
|
|
962 }
|
|
|
963
|
|
|
964 /*
|
|
|
965 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line.
|
|
|
966 */
|
|
|
967 static void
|
|
|
968 syn_start_line()
|
|
|
969 {
|
|
|
970 current_finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
971 current_col = 0;
|
|
|
972
|
|
|
973 /*
|
|
|
974 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
975 * previous line and regions that have "keepend".
|
|
|
976 */
|
|
|
977 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
978 syn_update_ends(TRUE);
|
|
|
979
|
|
|
980 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
981 ++current_line_id;
|
|
|
982 }
|
|
|
983
|
|
|
984 /*
|
|
|
985 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated.
|
|
|
986 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated.
|
|
|
987 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated.
|
|
|
988 */
|
|
|
989 static void
|
|
|
990 syn_update_ends(startofline)
|
|
|
991 int startofline;
|
|
|
992 {
|
|
|
993 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
994 int i;
|
|
991
|
995 int seen_keepend;
|
|
7
|
996
|
|
|
997 if (startofline)
|
|
|
998 {
|
|
|
999 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a
|
|
|
1000 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */
|
|
|
1001 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
1002 {
|
|
|
1003 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1004 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
1005 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type
|
|
|
1006 == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
1007 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum)
|
|
|
1008 {
|
|
|
1009 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT;
|
|
|
1010 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1011 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0;
|
|
|
1012 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
1013 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
1014 }
|
|
|
1015 }
|
|
|
1016 }
|
|
|
1017
|
|
|
1018 /*
|
|
|
1019 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
1020 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may
|
|
991
|
1021 * influence contained items. If we've just removed "extend"
|
|
|
1022 * (startofline == 0) then we should update ends of normal regions
|
|
|
1023 * contained inside "keepend" because "extend" could have extended
|
|
|
1024 * these "keepend" regions as well as contained normal regions.
|
|
7
|
1025 * Then check for items ending in column 0.
|
|
|
1026 */
|
|
|
1027 i = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
1028 if (keepend_level >= 0)
|
|
|
1029 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
1030 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
1031 break;
|
|
991
|
1032
|
|
|
1033 seen_keepend = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
1034 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
1035 {
|
|
|
1036 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1037 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
991
|
1038 || (seen_keepend && !startofline)
|
|
7
|
1039 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline))
|
|
|
1040 {
|
|
|
1041 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */
|
|
|
1042 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1043
|
|
|
1044 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT))
|
|
|
1045 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline);
|
|
991
|
1046
|
|
|
1047 if (!startofline && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
1048 seen_keepend = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
1049 }
|
|
|
1050 }
|
|
|
1051 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1052 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
1053 }
|
|
|
1054
|
|
|
1055 /****************************************
|
|
|
1056 * Handling of the state stack cache.
|
|
|
1057 */
|
|
|
1058
|
|
|
1059 /*
|
|
|
1060 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE
|
|
|
1061 *
|
|
|
1062 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some
|
|
|
1063 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point.
|
|
|
1064 *
|
|
|
1065 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of
|
|
|
1066 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next.
|
|
|
1067 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2
|
|
|
1068 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack).
|
|
|
1069 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid
|
|
|
1070 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often.
|
|
|
1071 *
|
|
|
1072 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling
|
|
|
1073 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call
|
|
|
1074 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached
|
|
|
1075 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed,
|
|
|
1076 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line
|
|
|
1077 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum
|
|
|
1078 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change
|
|
|
1079 * the cached entry.
|
|
|
1080 *
|
|
|
1081 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed
|
|
|
1082 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the
|
|
|
1083 * start of the line is needed.
|
|
|
1084 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These
|
|
|
1085 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between
|
|
|
1086 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers
|
|
|
1087 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed
|
|
|
1088 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed.
|
|
|
1089 */
|
|
|
1090
|
|
|
1091 /*
|
|
|
1092 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf".
|
|
|
1093 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere.
|
|
|
1094 */
|
|
|
1095 void
|
|
|
1096 syn_stack_free_all(buf)
|
|
|
1097 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1098 {
|
|
|
1099 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1100 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1101
|
|
|
1102 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1103 {
|
|
|
1104 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1105 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1106 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1107 buf->b_sst_array = NULL;
|
|
|
1108 buf->b_sst_len = 0;
|
|
|
1109 }
|
|
|
1110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1111 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */
|
|
|
1112 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
1113 {
|
|
|
1114 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp))
|
|
|
1115 foldUpdateAll(wp);
|
|
|
1116 }
|
|
|
1117 #endif
|
|
|
1118 }
|
|
|
1119
|
|
|
1120 /*
|
|
|
1121 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed.
|
|
|
1122 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too
|
|
|
1123 * small, reallocate it.
|
|
|
1124 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time.
|
|
|
1125 */
|
|
|
1126 static void
|
|
|
1127 syn_stack_alloc()
|
|
|
1128 {
|
|
|
1129 long len;
|
|
|
1130 synstate_T *to, *from;
|
|
|
1131 synstate_T *sstp;
|
|
|
1132
|
|
|
1133 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1134 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1135 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1136 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1137 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1138 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len)
|
|
|
1139 {
|
|
|
1140 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */
|
|
|
1141 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1142 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1143 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1144 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1145 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1146 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1147
|
|
|
1148 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1149 {
|
|
|
1150 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack.
|
|
|
1151 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */
|
|
|
1152 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len
|
|
|
1153 && syn_stack_cleanup())
|
|
|
1154 ;
|
|
|
1155 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2)
|
|
|
1156 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2;
|
|
|
1157 }
|
|
|
1158
|
|
|
1159 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T)));
|
|
|
1160 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
1161 return;
|
|
|
1162
|
|
|
1163 to = sstp - 1;
|
|
|
1164 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1165 {
|
|
|
1166 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */
|
|
|
1167 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL;
|
|
|
1168 from = from->sst_next)
|
|
|
1169 {
|
|
|
1170 ++to;
|
|
|
1171 *to = *from;
|
|
|
1172 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1173 }
|
|
|
1174 }
|
|
|
1175 if (to != sstp - 1)
|
|
|
1176 {
|
|
|
1177 to->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1178 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp;
|
|
|
1179 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1;
|
|
|
1180 }
|
|
|
1181 else
|
|
|
1182 {
|
|
|
1183 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL;
|
|
|
1184 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len;
|
|
|
1185 }
|
|
|
1186
|
|
|
1187 /* Create the list of free entries. */
|
|
|
1188 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1;
|
|
|
1189 while (++to < sstp + len)
|
|
|
1190 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1191 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1192
|
|
|
1193 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1194 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp;
|
|
|
1195 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len;
|
|
|
1196 }
|
|
|
1197 }
|
|
|
1198
|
|
|
1199 /*
|
|
|
1200 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the
|
|
|
1201 * b_mod_* fields.
|
|
|
1202 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each
|
|
|
1203 * displayed buffer.
|
|
|
1204 */
|
|
|
1205 void
|
|
|
1206 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf)
|
|
|
1207 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1208 {
|
|
|
1209 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np;
|
|
|
1210 linenr_T n;
|
|
|
1211
|
|
|
1212 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
1213 return;
|
|
|
1214
|
|
|
1215 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1216 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; )
|
|
|
1217 {
|
|
383
|
1218 if (p->sst_lnum + buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
7
|
1219 {
|
|
|
1220 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1221 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1222 {
|
|
|
1223 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */
|
|
|
1224 np = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1225 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
1226 buf->b_sst_first = np;
|
|
|
1227 else
|
|
|
1228 prev->sst_next = np;
|
|
|
1229 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p);
|
|
|
1230 p = np;
|
|
|
1231 continue;
|
|
|
1232 }
|
|
|
1233 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line
|
|
|
1234 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid
|
|
|
1235 * again. */
|
|
|
1236 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1237 {
|
|
|
1238 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1239 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1240 else
|
|
|
1241 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top;
|
|
|
1242 }
|
|
|
1243 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0
|
|
|
1244 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1245 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot;
|
|
|
1246
|
|
|
1247 p->sst_lnum = n;
|
|
|
1248 }
|
|
|
1249 prev = p;
|
|
|
1250 p = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1251 }
|
|
|
1252 }
|
|
|
1253
|
|
|
1254 /*
|
|
|
1255 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf.
|
|
|
1256 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed.
|
|
|
1257 */
|
|
|
1258 static int
|
|
|
1259 syn_stack_cleanup()
|
|
|
1260 {
|
|
|
1261 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1262 disptick_T tick;
|
|
|
1263 int above;
|
|
|
1264 int dist;
|
|
|
1265 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1266
|
|
|
1267 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL)
|
|
|
1268 return retval;
|
|
|
1269
|
|
|
1270 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */
|
|
819
|
1271 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows)
|
|
|
1272 dist = 999999;
|
|
|
1273 else
|
|
|
1274 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
7
|
1275
|
|
|
1276 /*
|
|
|
1277 * Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can
|
|
|
1278 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above
|
|
|
1279 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around).
|
|
|
1280 */
|
|
|
1281 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick;
|
|
|
1282 above = FALSE;
|
|
|
1283 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1284 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1285 {
|
|
|
1286 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1287 {
|
|
|
1288 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick)
|
|
|
1289 {
|
|
|
1290 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1291 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1292 above = TRUE;
|
|
|
1293 }
|
|
|
1294 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1295 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1296 }
|
|
|
1297 }
|
|
|
1298
|
|
|
1299 /*
|
|
|
1300 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an
|
|
|
1301 * interval of several lines.
|
|
|
1302 */
|
|
|
1303 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1304 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1305 {
|
|
|
1306 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1307 {
|
|
|
1308 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */
|
|
|
1309 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1310 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p);
|
|
|
1311 p = prev;
|
|
|
1312 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1313 }
|
|
|
1314 }
|
|
|
1315 return retval;
|
|
|
1316 }
|
|
|
1317
|
|
|
1318 /*
|
|
|
1319 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item.
|
|
|
1320 * Move the entry into the free list.
|
|
|
1321 */
|
|
|
1322 static void
|
|
|
1323 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p)
|
|
|
1324 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1325 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1326 {
|
|
|
1327 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1328 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1329 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p;
|
|
|
1330 ++buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1331 }
|
|
|
1332
|
|
|
1333 /*
|
|
|
1334 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum".
|
|
|
1335 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum".
|
|
|
1336 */
|
|
|
1337 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1338 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum)
|
|
|
1339 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1340 {
|
|
|
1341 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1342
|
|
|
1343 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1344 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1345 {
|
|
|
1346 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1347 return p;
|
|
|
1348 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
1349 break;
|
|
|
1350 }
|
|
|
1351 return prev;
|
|
|
1352 }
|
|
|
1353
|
|
|
1354 /*
|
|
|
1355 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
1356 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line!
|
|
|
1357 */
|
|
|
1358 static synstate_T *
|
|
1512
|
1359 store_current_state()
|
|
7
|
1360 {
|
|
|
1361 int i;
|
|
|
1362 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1363 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1364 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
1512
|
1365 synstate_T *sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
7
|
1366
|
|
|
1367 /*
|
|
|
1368 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues
|
|
|
1369 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then.
|
|
|
1370 */
|
|
|
1371 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
1372 {
|
|
|
1373 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1374 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1375 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1376 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1377 || (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
1378 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum))
|
|
|
1379 break;
|
|
|
1380 }
|
|
|
1381 if (i >= 0)
|
|
|
1382 {
|
|
|
1383 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1384 {
|
|
|
1385 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */
|
|
|
1386 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp)
|
|
|
1387 /* it's the first entry */
|
|
|
1388 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1389 else
|
|
|
1390 {
|
|
|
1391 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */
|
|
|
1392 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1393 if (p->sst_next == sp)
|
|
|
1394 break;
|
|
840
|
1395 if (p != NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
1396 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
7
|
1397 }
|
|
|
1398 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp);
|
|
|
1399 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1400 }
|
|
|
1401 }
|
|
|
1402 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum)
|
|
|
1403 {
|
|
|
1404 /*
|
|
|
1405 * Add a new entry
|
|
|
1406 */
|
|
|
1407 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */
|
|
|
1408 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1409 {
|
|
|
1410 (void)syn_stack_cleanup();
|
|
|
1411 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */
|
|
|
1412 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1413 }
|
|
|
1414 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */
|
|
|
1415 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1416 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1417 else
|
|
|
1418 {
|
|
|
1419 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used
|
|
|
1420 * list, after *sp */
|
|
|
1421 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1422 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1423 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1424 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1425 {
|
|
|
1426 /* Insert in front of the list */
|
|
|
1427 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1428 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p;
|
|
|
1429 }
|
|
|
1430 else
|
|
|
1431 {
|
|
|
1432 /* insert in list after *sp */
|
|
|
1433 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1434 sp->sst_next = p;
|
|
|
1435 }
|
|
|
1436 sp = p;
|
|
|
1437 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1438 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1439 }
|
|
|
1440 }
|
|
|
1441 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1442 {
|
|
|
1443 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */
|
|
|
1444 clear_syn_state(sp);
|
|
|
1445 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1446 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1447 {
|
|
|
1448 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the
|
|
|
1449 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */
|
|
|
1450 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1);
|
|
|
1451 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1452 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1453 else
|
|
|
1454 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1455 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1456 }
|
|
|
1457 else
|
|
|
1458 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1459 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1460 {
|
|
|
1461 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx;
|
|
|
1462 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags;
|
|
|
1463 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
1464 }
|
|
|
1465 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags;
|
|
|
1466 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list;
|
|
|
1467 sp->sst_tick = display_tick;
|
|
|
1468 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1469 }
|
|
|
1470 current_state_stored = TRUE;
|
|
|
1471 return sp;
|
|
|
1472 }
|
|
|
1473
|
|
|
1474 /*
|
|
|
1475 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state;
|
|
|
1476 */
|
|
|
1477 static void
|
|
|
1478 load_current_state(from)
|
|
|
1479 synstate_T *from;
|
|
|
1480 {
|
|
|
1481 int i;
|
|
|
1482 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1483
|
|
|
1484 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1485 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1486 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1487 if (from->sst_stacksize
|
|
|
1488 && ga_grow(¤t_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL)
|
|
|
1489 {
|
|
|
1490 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1491 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1492 else
|
|
|
1493 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1494 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1495 {
|
|
|
1496 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx;
|
|
|
1497 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags;
|
|
|
1498 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
1499 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
1500 keepend_level = i;
|
|
|
1501 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
1502 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1503 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
1504 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list =
|
|
|
1505 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list;
|
|
|
1506 else
|
|
|
1507 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1508 update_si_attr(i);
|
|
|
1509 }
|
|
|
1510 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize;
|
|
|
1511 }
|
|
|
1512 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list;
|
|
|
1513 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags;
|
|
|
1514 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum;
|
|
|
1515 }
|
|
|
1516
|
|
|
1517 /*
|
|
|
1518 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state.
|
|
|
1519 * Return TRUE when they are equal.
|
|
|
1520 */
|
|
|
1521 static int
|
|
|
1522 syn_stack_equal(sp)
|
|
|
1523 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1524 {
|
|
|
1525 int i, j;
|
|
|
1526 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1527 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx;
|
|
|
1528
|
|
|
1529 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */
|
|
|
1530 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len
|
|
|
1531 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list)
|
|
|
1532 {
|
|
|
1533 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */
|
|
|
1534 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1535 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1536 else
|
|
|
1537 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1538
|
|
|
1539 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
1540 {
|
|
|
1541 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */
|
|
|
1542 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx)
|
|
|
1543 break;
|
|
|
1544 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch)
|
|
|
1545 {
|
|
|
1546 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in
|
|
|
1547 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch
|
|
|
1548 * references are equal. */
|
|
|
1549 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch;
|
|
|
1550 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch;
|
|
|
1551 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are
|
|
|
1552 * different. */
|
|
|
1553 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL)
|
|
|
1554 break;
|
|
|
1555 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j)
|
|
|
1556 {
|
|
|
1557 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be
|
|
|
1558 * equal. */
|
|
|
1559 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j])
|
|
|
1560 {
|
|
|
1561 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the
|
|
|
1562 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when
|
|
|
1563 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */
|
|
|
1564 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL
|
|
|
1565 || six->matches[j] == NULL)
|
|
|
1566 break;
|
|
|
1567 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic
|
|
|
1568 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j],
|
|
|
1569 six->matches[j]) != 0
|
|
|
1570 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0)
|
|
|
1571 break;
|
|
|
1572 }
|
|
|
1573 }
|
|
|
1574 if (j != NSUBEXP)
|
|
|
1575 break;
|
|
|
1576 }
|
|
|
1577 }
|
|
|
1578 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
1579 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1580 }
|
|
|
1581 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1582 }
|
|
|
1583
|
|
|
1584 /*
|
|
|
1585 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below
|
|
|
1586 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below
|
|
|
1587 * the last parsed line.
|
|
|
1588 * The window looks like this:
|
|
|
1589 * line which changed
|
|
|
1590 * displayed line
|
|
|
1591 * displayed line
|
|
|
1592 * lnum -> line below window
|
|
|
1593 */
|
|
|
1594 void
|
|
|
1595 syntax_end_parsing(lnum)
|
|
|
1596 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1597 {
|
|
|
1598 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1599
|
|
|
1600 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1601 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
1602 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1603
|
|
|
1604 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
1605 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
1606 }
|
|
|
1607
|
|
|
1608 /*
|
|
|
1609 * End of handling of the state stack.
|
|
|
1610 ****************************************/
|
|
|
1611
|
|
|
1612 static void
|
|
|
1613 invalidate_current_state()
|
|
|
1614 {
|
|
|
1615 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1616 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */
|
|
|
1617 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1618 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1619 }
|
|
|
1620
|
|
|
1621 static void
|
|
|
1622 validate_current_state()
|
|
|
1623 {
|
|
|
1624 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T);
|
|
|
1625 current_state.ga_growsize = 3;
|
|
|
1626 }
|
|
|
1627
|
|
|
1628 /*
|
|
|
1629 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time.
|
|
|
1630 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous
|
|
|
1631 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too.
|
|
|
1632 */
|
|
|
1633 int
|
|
|
1634 syntax_check_changed(lnum)
|
|
|
1635 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1636 {
|
|
|
1637 int retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1638 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1639
|
|
|
1640 /*
|
|
|
1641 * Check the state stack when:
|
|
|
1642 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line.
|
|
|
1643 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1644 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1645 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line.
|
|
|
1646 */
|
|
|
1647 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1)
|
|
|
1648 {
|
|
|
1649 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1650 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1651 {
|
|
|
1652 /*
|
|
|
1653 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was
|
|
|
1654 * drawn)
|
|
|
1655 */
|
|
|
1656 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
1657
|
|
|
1658 /*
|
|
|
1659 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of
|
|
|
1660 * the line.
|
|
|
1661 */
|
|
|
1662 if (syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
1663 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1664
|
|
|
1665 /*
|
|
|
1666 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use.
|
|
|
1667 */
|
|
|
1668 ++current_lnum;
|
|
1512
|
1669 (void)store_current_state();
|
|
7
|
1670 }
|
|
|
1671 }
|
|
|
1672
|
|
|
1673 return retval;
|
|
|
1674 }
|
|
|
1675
|
|
|
1676 /*
|
|
|
1677 * Finish the current line.
|
|
|
1678 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of
|
|
|
1679 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state
|
|
|
1680 * is valid.
|
|
|
1681 */
|
|
|
1682 static int
|
|
|
1683 syn_finish_line(syncing)
|
|
|
1684 int syncing; /* called for syncing */
|
|
|
1685 {
|
|
|
1686 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
442
|
1687 colnr_T prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
1688
|
|
|
1689 if (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1690 {
|
|
|
1691 while (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1692 {
|
|
1504
|
1693 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1694 /*
|
|
|
1695 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item.
|
|
|
1696 */
|
|
|
1697 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1698 {
|
|
|
1699 /*
|
|
|
1700 * Check for match with sync item.
|
|
|
1701 */
|
|
|
1702 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1703 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
1704 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags
|
|
|
1705 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)))
|
|
|
1706 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1707
|
|
|
1708 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item
|
|
442
|
1709 * that ends here, need to do that now. Be careful not to go
|
|
|
1710 * past the NUL. */
|
|
|
1711 prev_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
1712 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
|
1713 ++current_col;
|
|
7
|
1714 check_state_ends();
|
|
442
|
1715 current_col = prev_current_col;
|
|
7
|
1716 }
|
|
|
1717 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1718 }
|
|
|
1719 }
|
|
|
1720 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1721 }
|
|
|
1722
|
|
|
1723 /*
|
|
|
1724 * Return highlight attributes for next character.
|
|
|
1725 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line.
|
|
|
1726 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each
|
|
|
1727 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the
|
|
|
1728 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed.
|
|
221
|
1729 * When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be
|
|
|
1730 * done.
|
|
7
|
1731 */
|
|
|
1732 int
|
|
1504
|
1733 get_syntax_attr(col, can_spell, keep_state)
|
|
7
|
1734 colnr_T col;
|
|
221
|
1735 int *can_spell;
|
|
1504
|
1736 int keep_state; /* keep state of char at "col" */
|
|
7
|
1737 {
|
|
|
1738 int attr = 0;
|
|
|
1739
|
|
1363
|
1740 if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
|
1741 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
|
|
|
1742 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
|
|
|
1743 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
|
|
|
1744 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
|
|
1745 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
|
|
|
1746
|
|
7
|
1747 /* check for out of memory situation */
|
|
|
1748 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
|
1749 return 0;
|
|
|
1750
|
|
419
|
1751 /* After 'synmaxcol' the attribute is always zero. */
|
|
431
|
1752 if (syn_buf->b_p_smc > 0 && col >= (colnr_T)syn_buf->b_p_smc)
|
|
419
|
1753 {
|
|
|
1754 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1755 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1756 current_id = 0;
|
|
|
1757 current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
1758 #endif
|
|
|
1759 return 0;
|
|
|
1760 }
|
|
|
1761
|
|
7
|
1762 /* Make sure current_state is valid */
|
|
|
1763 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
1764 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1765
|
|
|
1766 /*
|
|
|
1767 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col".
|
|
|
1768 */
|
|
|
1769 while (current_col <= col)
|
|
|
1770 {
|
|
1504
|
1771 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell,
|
|
|
1772 current_col == col ? keep_state : FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1773 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1774 }
|
|
|
1775
|
|
|
1776 return attr;
|
|
|
1777 }
|
|
|
1778
|
|
|
1779 /*
|
|
|
1780 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col.
|
|
|
1781 */
|
|
|
1782 static int
|
|
1504
|
1783 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell, keep_state)
|
|
7
|
1784 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */
|
|
|
1785 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */
|
|
221
|
1786 int *can_spell; /* return: do spell checking */
|
|
1504
|
1787 int keep_state; /* keep syntax stack afterwards */
|
|
7
|
1788 {
|
|
|
1789 int syn_id;
|
|
|
1790 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */
|
|
|
1791 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */
|
|
|
1792 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
1793 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */
|
|
|
1794 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */
|
|
|
1795 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */
|
|
|
1796 int idx;
|
|
|
1797 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
221
|
1798 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip = NULL;
|
|
7
|
1799 int startcol;
|
|
|
1800 int endcol;
|
|
|
1801 long flags;
|
|
|
1802 short *next_list;
|
|
|
1803 int found_match; /* found usable match */
|
|
|
1804 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */
|
|
|
1805 int do_keywords;
|
|
|
1806 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
1807 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
1808 int lc_col;
|
|
|
1809 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
1810 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after
|
|
|
1811 looking for a pattern match! */
|
|
|
1812
|
|
|
1813 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
1814 int keep_next_list;
|
|
|
1815 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1816 garray_T zero_width_next_ga;
|
|
|
1817
|
|
|
1818 /*
|
|
|
1819 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line?
|
|
|
1820 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region).
|
|
|
1821 */
|
|
|
1822 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1823 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0)
|
|
|
1824 {
|
|
|
1825 /*
|
|
|
1826 * If we found a match after the last column, use it.
|
|
|
1827 */
|
|
|
1828 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col
|
|
|
1829 && next_match_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
1830 (void)push_next_match(NULL);
|
|
|
1831
|
|
|
1832 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1833 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1834 return 0;
|
|
|
1835 }
|
|
|
1836
|
|
|
1837 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */
|
|
|
1838 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL)
|
|
|
1839 {
|
|
|
1840 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1841 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1842 }
|
|
|
1843
|
|
|
1844 /*
|
|
|
1845 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used
|
|
|
1846 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in
|
|
|
1847 * the next column.
|
|
|
1848 */
|
|
|
1849 if (try_next_column)
|
|
|
1850 {
|
|
|
1851 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
1852 try_next_column = FALSE;
|
|
|
1853 }
|
|
|
1854
|
|
|
1855 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */
|
|
|
1856 do_keywords = !syncing
|
|
134
|
1857 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|
1858 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
7
|
1859
|
|
|
1860 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to
|
|
|
1861 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */
|
|
|
1862 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10);
|
|
|
1863
|
|
|
1864 /*
|
|
|
1865 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the
|
|
|
1866 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current
|
|
|
1867 * column.
|
|
|
1868 */
|
|
|
1869 do
|
|
|
1870 {
|
|
|
1871 found_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
1872 keep_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1873 syn_id = 0;
|
|
|
1874
|
|
|
1875 /*
|
|
|
1876 * 1. Check for a current state.
|
|
|
1877 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may
|
|
|
1878 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns.
|
|
|
1879 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the
|
|
|
1880 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!).
|
|
|
1881 */
|
|
|
1882 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1883 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1884 else
|
|
|
1885 cur_si = NULL;
|
|
|
1886
|
|
|
1887 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1888 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
1889 {
|
|
|
1890 /*
|
|
|
1891 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword
|
|
|
1892 * char. Don't do this when syncing.
|
|
|
1893 */
|
|
|
1894 if (do_keywords)
|
|
|
1895 {
|
|
|
1896 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1897 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf)
|
|
|
1898 && (current_col == 0
|
|
|
1899 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1
|
|
|
1900 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1901 - (has_mbyte
|
|
|
1902 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1)
|
|
|
1903 : 0)
|
|
|
1904 #endif
|
|
|
1905 , syn_buf)))
|
|
|
1906 {
|
|
|
1907 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col,
|
|
|
1908 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si);
|
|
205
|
1909 if (syn_id != 0)
|
|
7
|
1910 {
|
|
|
1911 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK)
|
|
|
1912 {
|
|
|
1913 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1914 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
1915 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1916 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */
|
|
|
1917 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1918 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1919 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1920 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1921 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
1922 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
1923 cur_si->si_flags = flags;
|
|
|
1924 cur_si->si_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1925 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1926 if (flags & HL_TRANSP)
|
|
|
1927 {
|
|
|
1928 if (current_state.ga_len < 2)
|
|
|
1929 {
|
|
|
1930 cur_si->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
1931 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
1932 }
|
|
|
1933 else
|
|
|
1934 {
|
|
|
1935 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1936 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr;
|
|
|
1937 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1938 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id;
|
|
|
1939 }
|
|
|
1940 }
|
|
|
1941 else
|
|
|
1942 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id);
|
|
|
1943 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1944 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list;
|
|
|
1945 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1946 }
|
|
|
1947 else
|
|
|
1948 vim_free(next_list);
|
|
|
1949 }
|
|
|
1950 }
|
|
|
1951 }
|
|
|
1952
|
|
|
1953 /*
|
|
205
|
1954 * 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found).
|
|
7
|
1955 */
|
|
|
1956 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len)
|
|
|
1957 {
|
|
|
1958 /*
|
|
|
1959 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check
|
|
|
1960 * for any match with a pattern.
|
|
|
1961 */
|
|
|
1962 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col)
|
|
|
1963 {
|
|
|
1964 /*
|
|
|
1965 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this
|
|
|
1966 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a
|
|
|
1967 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to
|
|
|
1968 * avoid doing it when it's not needed.
|
|
|
1969 */
|
|
|
1970 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */
|
|
|
1971 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1972 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
1973 {
|
|
|
1974 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
1975 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing
|
|
|
1976 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY))
|
|
|
1977 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
1978 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
1979 && (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
1980 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list,
|
|
|
1981 &spp->sp_syn, 0)
|
|
|
1982 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1983 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
1984 : in_id_list(cur_si,
|
|
|
1985 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn,
|
|
|
1986 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
|
|
|
1987 {
|
|
|
1988 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and
|
|
|
1989 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip
|
|
|
1990 * this item. */
|
|
|
1991 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id
|
|
|
1992 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
1993 continue;
|
|
|
1994 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id;
|
|
|
1995
|
|
|
1996 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
1997 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
1998 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
2000 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2001 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2002 if (!syn_regexec(®match, current_lnum,
|
|
|
2003 (colnr_T)lc_col))
|
|
|
2004 {
|
|
|
2005 /* no match in this line, try another one */
|
|
|
2006 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
2007 continue;
|
|
|
2008 }
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010 /*
|
|
|
2011 * Compute the first column of the match.
|
|
|
2012 */
|
|
|
2013 syn_add_start_off(&pos, ®match,
|
|
|
2014 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
2015 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
2016 {
|
|
|
2017 /* must have used end of match in a next line,
|
|
|
2018 * we can't handle that */
|
|
|
2019 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
2020 continue;
|
|
|
2021 }
|
|
|
2022 startcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
2023
|
|
|
2024 /* remember the next column where this pattern
|
|
|
2025 * matches in the current line */
|
|
|
2026 spp->sp_startcol = startcol;
|
|
|
2027
|
|
|
2028 /*
|
|
|
2029 * If a previously found match starts at a lower
|
|
|
2030 * column number, don't use this one.
|
|
|
2031 */
|
|
|
2032 if (startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
2033 continue;
|
|
|
2034
|
|
|
2035 /*
|
|
|
2036 * If we matched this pattern at this position
|
|
|
2037 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next
|
|
|
2038 * column, because it may match from there.
|
|
|
2039 */
|
|
|
2040 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga))
|
|
|
2041 {
|
|
|
2042 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
2043 continue;
|
|
|
2044 }
|
|
|
2045
|
|
|
2046 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2047 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2048
|
|
|
2049 /* Compute the highlight start. */
|
|
|
2050 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, ®match,
|
|
|
2051 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
2052
|
|
|
2053 /* Compute the region start. */
|
|
|
2054 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */
|
|
|
2055 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, ®match,
|
|
|
2056 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2057
|
|
|
2058 /*
|
|
|
2059 * Grab the external submatches before they get
|
|
|
2060 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change.
|
|
|
2061 */
|
|
|
2062 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2063 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out;
|
|
|
2064 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2065
|
|
|
2066 flags = 0;
|
|
|
2067 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */
|
|
|
2068 eoe_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2069 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2070 hl_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2071
|
|
|
2072 /*
|
|
|
2073 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the
|
|
|
2074 * same line too. Search for it after the end of
|
|
|
2075 * the match with the start pattern. Set the
|
|
|
2076 * resulting end positions at the same time.
|
|
|
2077 */
|
|
|
2078 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2079 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2080 {
|
|
|
2081 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2082
|
|
|
2083 startpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2084 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2085 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2086 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2087 continue; /* not found */
|
|
|
2088 }
|
|
|
2089
|
|
|
2090 /*
|
|
|
2091 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the
|
|
|
2092 * end offset needs has been added. Except when
|
|
|
2093 * syncing.
|
|
|
2094 */
|
|
|
2095 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
2096 {
|
|
|
2097 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2098 SPO_HE_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2099 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2100 SPO_ME_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2101 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2102 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol)
|
|
|
2103 {
|
|
|
2104 /*
|
|
|
2105 * If an empty string is matched, may need
|
|
|
2106 * to try matching again at next column.
|
|
|
2107 */
|
|
|
2108 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2109 == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2110 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
2111 continue;
|
|
|
2112 }
|
|
|
2113 }
|
|
|
2114
|
|
|
2115 /*
|
|
|
2116 * keep the best match so far in next_match_*
|
|
|
2117 */
|
|
|
2118 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end
|
|
|
2119 * before endpos. */
|
|
|
2120 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2121 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol)
|
|
|
2122 hl_startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2123 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos);
|
|
|
2124
|
|
|
2125 next_match_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2126 next_match_col = startcol;
|
|
|
2127 next_match_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2128 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2129 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos;
|
|
|
2130 next_match_flags = flags;
|
|
|
2131 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos;
|
|
|
2132 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2133 next_match_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2134 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2135 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch;
|
|
|
2136 cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
2137 }
|
|
|
2138 }
|
|
|
2139 }
|
|
|
2140
|
|
|
2141 /*
|
|
|
2142 * If we found a match at the current column, use it.
|
|
|
2143 */
|
|
|
2144 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col)
|
|
|
2145 {
|
|
|
2146 synpat_T *lspp;
|
|
|
2147
|
|
|
2148 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup,
|
|
|
2149 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */
|
|
|
2150 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2151 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2152 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col
|
|
|
2153 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
2154 {
|
|
|
2155 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2156 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2157 keep_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2158 zero_width_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2159
|
|
|
2160 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check
|
|
|
2161 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an
|
|
|
2162 * endless loop). */
|
|
|
2163 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK)
|
|
|
2164 {
|
|
|
2165 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data))
|
|
|
2166 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx;
|
|
|
2167 }
|
|
|
2168 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2169 }
|
|
|
2170 else
|
|
|
2171 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si);
|
|
|
2172 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2173 }
|
|
|
2174 }
|
|
|
2175 }
|
|
|
2176
|
|
|
2177 /*
|
|
|
2178 * Handle searching for nextgroup match.
|
|
|
2179 */
|
|
|
2180 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list)
|
|
|
2181 {
|
|
|
2182 /*
|
|
|
2183 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if:
|
|
|
2184 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given
|
|
|
2185 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given
|
|
|
2186 */
|
|
|
2187 if (!found_match)
|
|
|
2188 {
|
|
|
2189 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
2190 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
2191 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col]))
|
|
|
2192 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
2193 && *line == NUL))
|
|
|
2194 break;
|
|
|
2195 }
|
|
|
2196
|
|
|
2197 /*
|
|
|
2198 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for
|
|
|
2199 * contained matches.
|
|
|
2200 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal
|
|
|
2201 * match.
|
|
|
2202 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no
|
|
|
2203 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck).
|
|
|
2204 */
|
|
|
2205 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2206 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2207 if (!zero_width_next_list)
|
|
|
2208 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2209 }
|
|
|
2210
|
|
|
2211 } while (found_match);
|
|
|
2212
|
|
|
2213 /*
|
|
|
2214 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting.
|
|
|
2215 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc.
|
|
|
2216 */
|
|
|
2217 current_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2218 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2219 current_id = 0;
|
|
|
2220 current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2221 #endif
|
|
|
2222 if (cur_si != NULL)
|
|
|
2223 {
|
|
221
|
2224 #ifndef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2225 int current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2226 #endif
|
|
7
|
2227 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx)
|
|
|
2228 {
|
|
|
2229 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2230 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2231 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2232 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col))
|
|
|
2233 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2234 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2235 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2236 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col)))
|
|
|
2237 {
|
|
|
2238 current_attr = sip->si_attr;
|
|
|
2239 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2240 current_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
221
|
2241 #endif
|
|
7
|
2242 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id;
|
|
|
2243 break;
|
|
|
2244 }
|
|
|
2245 }
|
|
|
2246
|
|
221
|
2247 if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
|
2248 {
|
|
|
2249 struct sp_syn sps;
|
|
|
2250
|
|
|
2251 /*
|
|
|
2252 * set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be
|
|
|
2253 * done in the current item.
|
|
|
2254 */
|
|
|
2255 if (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
|
227
|
2256 {
|
|
320
|
2257 /* There is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without
|
|
|
2258 * @NoSpell cluster. */
|
|
227
|
2259 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0 || current_trans_id == 0)
|
|
419
|
2260 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell != SYNSPL_NOTOP);
|
|
227
|
2261 else
|
|
|
2262 {
|
|
|
2263 sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
2264 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2265 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2266 *can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
|
2267 }
|
|
|
2268 }
|
|
221
|
2269 else
|
|
|
2270 {
|
|
320
|
2271 /* The @Spell cluster is defined: Do spelling in items with
|
|
419
|
2272 * the @Spell cluster. But not when @NoSpell is also there.
|
|
|
2273 * At the toplevel only spell check when ":syn spell toplevel"
|
|
|
2274 * was used. */
|
|
320
|
2275 if (current_trans_id == 0)
|
|
419
|
2276 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
|
|
320
|
2277 else
|
|
|
2278 {
|
|
|
2279 sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
2280 sps.id = syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2281 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2282 *can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
|
2283
|
|
|
2284 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id != 0)
|
|
|
2285 {
|
|
|
2286 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
|
|
|
2287 if (in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0))
|
|
|
2288 *can_spell = FALSE;
|
|
|
2289 }
|
|
|
2290 }
|
|
221
|
2291 }
|
|
|
2292 }
|
|
|
2293
|
|
|
2294
|
|
7
|
2295 /*
|
|
|
2296 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the
|
|
|
2297 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a
|
|
|
2298 * single character match.
|
|
|
2299 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It
|
|
|
2300 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the
|
|
|
2301 * current column.
|
|
|
2302 */
|
|
1504
|
2303 if (!syncing && !keep_state)
|
|
7
|
2304 {
|
|
|
2305 check_state_ends();
|
|
442
|
2306 if (current_state.ga_len > 0
|
|
|
2307 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
|
|
7
|
2308 {
|
|
|
2309 ++current_col;
|
|
|
2310 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
2311 --current_col;
|
|
|
2312 }
|
|
|
2313 }
|
|
|
2314 }
|
|
221
|
2315 else if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
419
|
2316 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
|
|
|
2317 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
|
|
|
2318 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
|
|
|
2319 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
|
|
2320 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
|
|
7
|
2321
|
|
|
2322 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */
|
|
|
2323 if (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
2324 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL
|
|
|
2325 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)))
|
|
|
2326 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2327
|
|
|
2328 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2329 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga);
|
|
|
2330
|
|
|
2331 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */
|
|
|
2332 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out);
|
|
|
2333 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2334 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2335
|
|
|
2336 return current_attr;
|
|
|
2337 }
|
|
|
2338
|
|
|
2339
|
|
|
2340 /*
|
|
|
2341 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column.
|
|
|
2342 */
|
|
|
2343 static int
|
|
|
2344 did_match_already(idx, gap)
|
|
|
2345 int idx;
|
|
|
2346 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
2347 {
|
|
|
2348 int i;
|
|
|
2349
|
|
|
2350 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2351 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col
|
|
|
2352 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum
|
|
|
2353 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx)
|
|
|
2354 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2355
|
|
|
2356 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax
|
|
|
2357 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */
|
|
|
2358 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2359 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx)
|
|
|
2360 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2361
|
|
|
2362 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2363 }
|
|
|
2364
|
|
|
2365 /*
|
|
|
2366 * Push the next match onto the stack.
|
|
|
2367 */
|
|
|
2368 static stateitem_T *
|
|
|
2369 push_next_match(cur_si)
|
|
|
2370 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2371 {
|
|
|
2372 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2373
|
|
|
2374 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2375
|
|
|
2376 /*
|
|
|
2377 * Push the item in current_state stack;
|
|
|
2378 */
|
|
|
2379 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2380 {
|
|
|
2381 /*
|
|
|
2382 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how
|
|
|
2383 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length.
|
|
|
2384 */
|
|
|
2385 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2386 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2387 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2388 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2389 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2390 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2391 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2392 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2393 {
|
|
|
2394 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */
|
|
|
2395 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE);
|
|
|
2396 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2397 }
|
|
|
2398 else
|
|
|
2399 {
|
|
|
2400 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2401 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos;
|
|
|
2402 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2403 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags;
|
|
|
2404 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2405 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx;
|
|
|
2406 }
|
|
|
2407 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
2408 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
2409 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2410 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2411
|
|
|
2412 /*
|
|
|
2413 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item
|
|
|
2414 * on the stack for the start pattern.
|
|
|
2415 */
|
|
|
2416 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2417 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0
|
|
|
2418 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2419 {
|
|
|
2420 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2421 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2422 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2423 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2424 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2425 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2426 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2427 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2428 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2429 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2430 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2431 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2432 }
|
|
|
2433 }
|
|
|
2434
|
|
|
2435 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */
|
|
|
2436
|
|
|
2437 return cur_si;
|
|
|
2438 }
|
|
|
2439
|
|
|
2440 /*
|
|
|
2441 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it).
|
|
|
2442 */
|
|
|
2443 static void
|
|
|
2444 check_state_ends()
|
|
|
2445 {
|
|
|
2446 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2447 int had_extend = FALSE;
|
|
|
2448
|
|
|
2449 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2450 for (;;)
|
|
|
2451 {
|
|
|
2452 if (cur_si->si_ends
|
|
|
2453 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum
|
|
|
2454 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2455 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col)))
|
|
|
2456 {
|
|
|
2457 /*
|
|
|
2458 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern
|
|
|
2459 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack.
|
|
|
2460 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current
|
|
|
2461 * position.
|
|
|
2462 */
|
|
|
2463 if (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
2464 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum
|
|
|
2465 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2466 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col)))
|
|
|
2467 {
|
|
|
2468 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx;
|
|
|
2469 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2470 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2471 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2472 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2473 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
36
|
2474
|
|
|
2475 /* what matches next may be different now, clear it */
|
|
|
2476 next_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2477 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
7
|
2478 break;
|
|
|
2479 }
|
|
|
2480 else
|
|
|
2481 {
|
|
|
2482 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or
|
|
|
2483 * "skipempty" */
|
|
|
2484 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list;
|
|
|
2485 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags;
|
|
|
2486 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))
|
|
|
2487 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2488 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2489
|
|
|
2490 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with
|
|
|
2491 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */
|
|
|
2492 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2493 had_extend = TRUE;
|
|
|
2494
|
|
|
2495 pop_current_state();
|
|
|
2496
|
|
|
2497 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2498 break;
|
|
|
2499
|
|
1503
|
2500 if (had_extend && keepend_level >= 0)
|
|
7
|
2501 {
|
|
|
2502 syn_update_ends(FALSE);
|
|
|
2503 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2504 break;
|
|
|
2505 }
|
|
|
2506
|
|
|
2507 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2508
|
|
|
2509 /*
|
|
|
2510 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after
|
|
|
2511 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match
|
|
|
2512 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues.
|
|
|
2513 * Don't do this when:
|
|
|
2514 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item
|
|
|
2515 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1).
|
|
|
2516 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set)
|
|
|
2517 */
|
|
|
2518 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
2519 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type
|
|
|
2520 == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2521 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND)))
|
|
|
2522 {
|
|
|
2523 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
2524 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2525 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL)
|
|
|
2526 && keepend_level < 0
|
|
|
2527 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2528 break;
|
|
|
2529 }
|
|
|
2530 }
|
|
|
2531 }
|
|
|
2532 else
|
|
|
2533 break;
|
|
|
2534 }
|
|
|
2535 }
|
|
|
2536
|
|
|
2537 /*
|
|
|
2538 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This
|
|
|
2539 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list.
|
|
|
2540 */
|
|
|
2541 static void
|
|
|
2542 update_si_attr(idx)
|
|
|
2543 int idx;
|
|
|
2544 {
|
|
|
2545 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2546 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2547
|
|
1371
|
2548 /* This should not happen... */
|
|
|
2549 if (sip->si_idx < 0)
|
|
|
2550 return;
|
|
|
2551
|
|
7
|
2552 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]);
|
|
|
2553 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2554 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
2555 else
|
|
|
2556 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id;
|
|
|
2557 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id);
|
|
|
2558 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
|
2559 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2560 sip->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2561 else
|
|
|
2562 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list;
|
|
|
2563
|
|
|
2564 /*
|
|
|
2565 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item.
|
|
|
2566 * Also take cont_list, if there is none.
|
|
|
2567 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern.
|
|
|
2568 */
|
|
|
2569 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
|
2570 {
|
|
|
2571 if (idx == 0)
|
|
|
2572 {
|
|
|
2573 sip->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2574 sip->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2575 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2576 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL;
|
|
|
2577 }
|
|
|
2578 else
|
|
|
2579 {
|
|
|
2580 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr;
|
|
|
2581 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id;
|
|
36
|
2582 sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2583 sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos;
|
|
7
|
2584 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2585 {
|
|
|
2586 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT;
|
|
|
2587 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list;
|
|
|
2588 }
|
|
|
2589 }
|
|
|
2590 }
|
|
|
2591 }
|
|
|
2592
|
|
|
2593 /*
|
|
|
2594 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag.
|
|
|
2595 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found.
|
|
|
2596 */
|
|
|
2597 static void
|
|
|
2598 check_keepend()
|
|
|
2599 {
|
|
|
2600 int i;
|
|
|
2601 lpos_T maxpos;
|
|
991
|
2602 lpos_T maxpos_h;
|
|
7
|
2603 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2604
|
|
|
2605 /*
|
|
|
2606 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where
|
|
|
2607 * there really is a keepend.
|
|
|
2608 */
|
|
|
2609 if (keepend_level < 0)
|
|
|
2610 return;
|
|
|
2611
|
|
|
2612 /*
|
|
|
2613 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that
|
|
|
2614 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be
|
|
|
2615 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally.
|
|
|
2616 */
|
|
|
2617 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
2618 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2619 break;
|
|
|
2620
|
|
|
2621 maxpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
991
|
2622 maxpos_h.lnum = 0;
|
|
7
|
2623 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2624 {
|
|
|
2625 sip = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
2626 if (maxpos.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
2627 {
|
|
|
2628 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
991
|
2629 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos_h);
|
|
7
|
2630 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2631 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2632 }
|
|
991
|
2633 if (sip->si_ends && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
2634 {
|
|
|
2635 if (maxpos.lnum == 0
|
|
7
|
2636 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2637 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
991
|
2638 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col))
|
|
|
2639 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2640 if (maxpos_h.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2641 || maxpos_h.lnum > sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2642 || (maxpos_h.lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2643 && maxpos_h.col > sip->si_h_endpos.col))
|
|
|
2644 maxpos_h = sip->si_h_endpos;
|
|
|
2645 }
|
|
7
|
2646 }
|
|
|
2647 }
|
|
|
2648
|
|
|
2649 /*
|
|
|
2650 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern.
|
|
|
2651 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line.
|
|
|
2652 *
|
|
|
2653 * Return the flags for the matched END.
|
|
|
2654 */
|
|
|
2655 static void
|
|
|
2656 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force)
|
|
|
2657 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2658 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */
|
|
|
2659 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */
|
|
|
2660 {
|
|
|
2661 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2662 lpos_T endpos;
|
|
|
2663 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2664 lpos_T end_endpos;
|
|
|
2665 int end_idx;
|
|
|
2666
|
|
1371
|
2667 /* return quickly for a keyword */
|
|
|
2668 if (sip->si_idx < 0)
|
|
|
2669 return;
|
|
|
2670
|
|
7
|
2671 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern
|
|
|
2672 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend"
|
|
|
2673 * from a containing item. */
|
|
|
2674 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum)
|
|
|
2675 return;
|
|
|
2676
|
|
|
2677 /*
|
|
|
2678 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next
|
|
|
2679 * line.
|
|
|
2680 */
|
|
|
2681 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2682 startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2683 startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2684 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2685 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2686
|
|
|
2687 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2688 {
|
|
|
2689 /* No end pattern matched. */
|
|
|
2690 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)
|
|
|
2691 {
|
|
|
2692 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2693 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2694 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2695 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline());
|
|
|
2696 }
|
|
|
2697 else
|
|
|
2698 {
|
|
|
2699 /* continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2700 sip->si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
2701 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2702 }
|
|
|
2703 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2704 }
|
|
|
2705 else
|
|
|
2706 {
|
|
|
2707 /* match within this line */
|
|
|
2708 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2709 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2710 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos;
|
|
|
2711 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2712 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2713 }
|
|
|
2714 }
|
|
|
2715
|
|
|
2716 /*
|
|
|
2717 * Add a new state to the current state stack.
|
|
|
2718 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx".
|
|
|
2719 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory).
|
|
|
2720 */
|
|
|
2721 static int
|
|
|
2722 push_current_state(idx)
|
|
|
2723 int idx;
|
|
|
2724 {
|
|
|
2725 if (ga_grow(¤t_state, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2726 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2727 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T));
|
|
|
2728 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2729 ++current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2730 return OK;
|
|
|
2731 }
|
|
|
2732
|
|
|
2733 /*
|
|
|
2734 * Remove a state from the current_state stack.
|
|
|
2735 */
|
|
|
2736 static void
|
|
|
2737 pop_current_state()
|
|
|
2738 {
|
|
|
2739 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2740 {
|
|
|
2741 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2742 --current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2743 }
|
|
|
2744 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */
|
|
|
2745 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2746
|
|
|
2747 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */
|
|
|
2748 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2749 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
2750 }
|
|
|
2751
|
|
|
2752 /*
|
|
|
2753 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos".
|
|
|
2754 * Only checks one line.
|
|
|
2755 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line.
|
|
|
2756 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum
|
|
|
2757 * will be 0.
|
|
|
2758 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is
|
|
|
2759 * computed.
|
|
|
2760 */
|
|
|
2761 static void
|
|
|
2762 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos,
|
|
|
2763 end_idx, start_ext)
|
|
|
2764 int idx; /* index of the pattern */
|
|
|
2765 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */
|
|
|
2766 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */
|
|
|
2767 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */
|
|
|
2768 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */
|
|
|
2769 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */
|
|
|
2770 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */
|
|
|
2771 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */
|
|
|
2772 {
|
|
|
2773 colnr_T matchcol;
|
|
|
2774 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip;
|
|
|
2775 int start_idx;
|
|
|
2776 int best_idx;
|
|
|
2777 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2778 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */
|
|
|
2779 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
2780 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2781 int had_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2782
|
|
1371
|
2783 /* just in case we are invoked for a keyword */
|
|
|
2784 if (idx < 0)
|
|
|
2785 return;
|
|
|
2786
|
|
7
|
2787 /*
|
|
|
2788 * Check for being called with a START pattern.
|
|
|
2789 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it
|
|
|
2790 * contained a region.
|
|
|
2791 */
|
|
|
2792 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2793 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2794 {
|
|
|
2795 *hl_endpos = *startpos;
|
|
|
2796 return;
|
|
|
2797 }
|
|
|
2798
|
|
|
2799 /*
|
|
|
2800 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern.
|
|
|
2801 */
|
|
|
2802 for (;;)
|
|
|
2803 {
|
|
|
2804 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2805 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2806 break;
|
|
|
2807 ++idx;
|
|
|
2808 }
|
|
|
2809
|
|
|
2810 /*
|
|
|
2811 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present)
|
|
|
2812 */
|
|
|
2813 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
2814 {
|
|
|
2815 spp_skip = spp;
|
|
|
2816 ++idx;
|
|
|
2817 }
|
|
|
2818 else
|
|
|
2819 spp_skip = NULL;
|
|
|
2820
|
|
|
2821 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */
|
|
|
2822 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2823 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext);
|
|
|
2824
|
|
|
2825 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */
|
|
|
2826 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */
|
|
|
2827 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */
|
|
|
2828 for (;;)
|
|
|
2829 {
|
|
|
2830 /*
|
|
|
2831 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol".
|
|
|
2832 */
|
|
|
2833 best_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2834 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
2835 {
|
|
|
2836 int lc_col = matchcol;
|
|
|
2837
|
|
|
2838 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2839 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */
|
|
|
2840 break;
|
|
|
2841 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2842 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2843 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2844
|
|
|
2845 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2846 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2847 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col))
|
|
|
2848 {
|
|
|
2849 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2850 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2851 {
|
|
|
2852 best_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2853 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0];
|
|
|
2854 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0];
|
|
|
2855 }
|
|
|
2856 }
|
|
|
2857 }
|
|
|
2858
|
|
|
2859 /*
|
|
|
2860 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the
|
|
|
2861 * item continues until end-of-line.
|
|
|
2862 */
|
|
|
2863 if (best_idx == -1)
|
|
|
2864 break;
|
|
|
2865
|
|
|
2866 /*
|
|
|
2867 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern,
|
|
|
2868 * continue searching after the skip pattern.
|
|
|
2869 */
|
|
|
2870 if (spp_skip != NULL)
|
|
|
2871 {
|
|
|
2872 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2873
|
|
|
2874 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2875 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2876 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2877 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2878 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col)
|
|
|
2879 && regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2880 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2881 {
|
|
|
2882 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */
|
|
|
2883 syn_add_end_off(&pos, ®match, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2884
|
|
|
2885 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no
|
|
|
2886 * match with an end pattern in this line. */
|
|
|
2887 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum)
|
|
|
2888 break;
|
|
|
2889
|
|
|
2890 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
2891
|
|
|
2892 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */
|
|
|
2893 if (pos.col <= matchcol)
|
|
|
2894 ++matchcol;
|
|
|
2895 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2896 matchcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
2897 else
|
|
|
2898 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */
|
|
|
2899 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2900 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col;
|
|
|
2901 ++matchcol)
|
|
|
2902 ;
|
|
|
2903
|
|
|
2904 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */
|
|
|
2905 if (line[matchcol] == NUL)
|
|
|
2906 break;
|
|
|
2907
|
|
|
2908 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */
|
|
|
2909 }
|
|
|
2910 }
|
|
|
2911
|
|
|
2912 /*
|
|
|
2913 * Match from start pattern to end pattern.
|
|
|
2914 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern.
|
|
|
2915 */
|
|
|
2916 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]);
|
|
|
2917 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2918 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2919 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2920 m_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2921
|
|
|
2922 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2923 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2924 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2925 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2926 end_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2927 /* can't end after the match */
|
|
|
2928 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2929
|
|
|
2930 /*
|
|
|
2931 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers.
|
|
|
2932 */
|
|
|
2933 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0)
|
|
|
2934 {
|
|
|
2935 *end_idx = best_idx;
|
|
|
2936 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
2937 {
|
|
|
2938 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2939 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2940 }
|
|
|
2941 else
|
|
|
2942 {
|
|
|
2943 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2944 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2945 }
|
|
|
2946 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF];
|
|
|
2947
|
|
|
2948 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2949 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2950 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2951 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2952 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2953
|
|
|
2954 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned
|
|
|
2955 * into the matchgroup for the end */
|
|
|
2956 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2957 }
|
|
|
2958 else
|
|
|
2959 {
|
|
|
2960 *end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2961 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos;
|
|
|
2962 }
|
|
|
2963
|
|
|
2964 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2965
|
|
|
2966 had_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2967 break;
|
|
|
2968 }
|
|
|
2969
|
|
|
2970 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */
|
|
|
2971 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2972 m_endpos->lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2973
|
|
|
2974 /* Remove external matches. */
|
|
|
2975 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2976 re_extmatch_in = NULL;
|
|
|
2977 }
|
|
|
2978
|
|
|
2979 /*
|
|
|
2980 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit".
|
|
|
2981 */
|
|
|
2982 static void
|
|
|
2983 limit_pos(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2984 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2985 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
2986 {
|
|
|
2987 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum)
|
|
|
2988 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
2989 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col)
|
|
|
2990 pos->col = limit->col;
|
|
|
2991 }
|
|
|
2992
|
|
|
2993 /*
|
|
|
2994 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero.
|
|
|
2995 */
|
|
|
2996 static void
|
|
|
2997 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2998 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2999 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
3000 {
|
|
|
3001 if (pos->lnum == 0)
|
|
|
3002 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
3003 else
|
|
|
3004 limit_pos(pos, limit);
|
|
|
3005 }
|
|
|
3006
|
|
|
3007 /*
|
|
|
3008 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight.
|
|
|
3009 */
|
|
|
3010 static void
|
|
|
3011 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
3012 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
3013 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
3014 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */
|
|
|
3015 int idx; /* index of offset */
|
|
|
3016 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */
|
|
|
3017 {
|
|
|
3018 int col;
|
|
626
|
3019 int len;
|
|
7
|
3020
|
|
|
3021 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx))
|
|
|
3022 {
|
|
|
3023 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
3024 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
3025 }
|
|
|
3026 else
|
|
|
3027 {
|
|
|
3028 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
3029 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
3030 }
|
|
|
3031 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
3032 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
3033 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
3034 else
|
|
626
|
3035 {
|
|
|
3036 /* Don't go past the end of the line. Matters for "rs=e+2" when there
|
|
640
|
3037 * is a matchgroup. Watch out for match with last NL in the buffer. */
|
|
|
3038 if (result->lnum > syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3039 len = 0;
|
|
|
3040 else
|
|
835
|
3041 len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE));
|
|
626
|
3042 if (col > len)
|
|
|
3043 result->col = len;
|
|
|
3044 else
|
|
|
3045 result->col = col;
|
|
|
3046 }
|
|
7
|
3047 }
|
|
|
3048
|
|
|
3049 /*
|
|
|
3050 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight.
|
|
|
3051 * Avoid resulting column to become negative.
|
|
|
3052 */
|
|
|
3053 static void
|
|
|
3054 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
3055 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
3056 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
3057 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3058 int idx;
|
|
|
3059 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */
|
|
|
3060 {
|
|
|
3061 int col;
|
|
|
3062
|
|
|
3063 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
3064 {
|
|
|
3065 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
3066 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
3067 }
|
|
|
3068 else
|
|
|
3069 {
|
|
|
3070 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
3071 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
3072 }
|
|
|
3073 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
3074 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
3075 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
3076 else
|
|
|
3077 result->col = col;
|
|
|
3078 }
|
|
|
3079
|
|
|
3080 /*
|
|
|
3081 * Get current line in syntax buffer.
|
|
|
3082 */
|
|
|
3083 static char_u *
|
|
|
3084 syn_getcurline()
|
|
|
3085 {
|
|
|
3086 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
3087 }
|
|
|
3088
|
|
|
3089 /*
|
|
410
|
3090 * Call vim_regexec() to find a match with "rmp" in "syn_buf".
|
|
7
|
3091 * Returns TRUE when there is a match.
|
|
|
3092 */
|
|
|
3093 static int
|
|
|
3094 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col)
|
|
|
3095 regmmatch_T *rmp;
|
|
|
3096 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
3097 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
3098 {
|
|
410
|
3099 rmp->rmm_maxcol = syn_buf->b_p_smc;
|
|
1521
|
3100 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col, NULL) > 0)
|
|
7
|
3101 {
|
|
|
3102 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
3103 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
3104 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3105 }
|
|
|
3106 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3107 }
|
|
|
3108
|
|
|
3109 /*
|
|
|
3110 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword.
|
|
|
3111 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol.
|
|
|
3112 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
3113 */
|
|
|
3114 static int
|
|
|
3115 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si)
|
|
|
3116 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3117 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */
|
|
|
3118 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */
|
|
|
3119 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */
|
|
|
3120 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */
|
|
|
3121 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */
|
|
|
3122 {
|
|
134
|
3123 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3124 char_u *kwp;
|
|
7
|
3125 int round;
|
|
134
|
3126 int kwlen;
|
|
7
|
3127 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */
|
|
134
|
3128 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
3129 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
7
|
3130
|
|
|
3131 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already
|
|
|
3132 * checked. */
|
|
134
|
3133 kwp = line + startcol;
|
|
|
3134 kwlen = 0;
|
|
7
|
3135 do
|
|
|
3136 {
|
|
|
3137 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3138 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
3139 kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(kwp + kwlen);
|
|
7
|
3140 else
|
|
|
3141 #endif
|
|
134
|
3142 ++kwlen;
|
|
|
3143 }
|
|
|
3144 while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf));
|
|
|
3145
|
|
|
3146 if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN)
|
|
7
|
3147 return 0;
|
|
|
3148
|
|
|
3149 /*
|
|
|
3150 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it
|
|
|
3151 * lowercase.
|
|
|
3152 */
|
|
419
|
3153 vim_strncpy(keyword, kwp, kwlen);
|
|
7
|
3154
|
|
|
3155 /*
|
|
|
3156 * Try twice:
|
|
|
3157 * 1. matching case
|
|
|
3158 * 2. ignoring case
|
|
|
3159 */
|
|
|
3160 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
3161 {
|
|
134
|
3162 ht = round == 1 ? &syn_buf->b_keywtab : &syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
|
3163 if (ht->ht_used == 0)
|
|
7
|
3164 continue;
|
|
134
|
3165 if (round == 2) /* ignore case */
|
|
|
3166 (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
7
|
3167
|
|
|
3168 /*
|
|
134
|
3169 * Find keywords that match. There can be several with different
|
|
|
3170 * attributes.
|
|
7
|
3171 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise:
|
|
|
3172 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel.
|
|
|
3173 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list.
|
|
|
3174 */
|
|
134
|
3175 hi = hash_find(ht, keyword);
|
|
|
3176 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3177 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
7
|
3178 {
|
|
134
|
3179 if (current_next_list != 0
|
|
|
3180 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0)
|
|
|
3181 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
3182 ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3183 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list,
|
|
|
3184 &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))
|
|
|
3185 {
|
|
|
3186 *endcolp = startcol + kwlen;
|
|
|
3187 *flagsp = kp->flags;
|
|
|
3188 *next_listp = kp->next_list;
|
|
|
3189 return kp->k_syn.id;
|
|
|
3190 }
|
|
7
|
3191 }
|
|
|
3192 }
|
|
|
3193 return 0;
|
|
|
3194 }
|
|
|
3195
|
|
|
3196 /*
|
|
|
3197 * Handle ":syntax case" command.
|
|
|
3198 */
|
|
|
3199 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3200 static void
|
|
|
3201 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3202 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3203 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3204 {
|
|
|
3205 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3206 char_u *next;
|
|
|
3207
|
|
|
3208 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3209 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3210 return;
|
|
|
3211
|
|
|
3212 next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3213 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5)
|
|
|
3214 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE;
|
|
|
3215 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6)
|
|
|
3216 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
3217 else
|
|
|
3218 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3219 }
|
|
|
3220
|
|
|
3221 /*
|
|
419
|
3222 * Handle ":syntax spell" command.
|
|
|
3223 */
|
|
|
3224 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3225 static void
|
|
|
3226 syn_cmd_spell(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3227 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3228 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3229 {
|
|
|
3230 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3231 char_u *next;
|
|
|
3232
|
|
|
3233 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3234 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3235 return;
|
|
|
3236
|
|
|
3237 next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3238 if (STRNICMP(arg, "toplevel", 8) == 0 && next - arg == 8)
|
|
|
3239 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_TOP;
|
|
|
3240 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "notoplevel", 10) == 0 && next - arg == 10)
|
|
|
3241 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_NOTOP;
|
|
1064
|
3242 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "default", 7) == 0 && next - arg == 7)
|
|
419
|
3243 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT;
|
|
|
3244 else
|
|
|
3245 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3246 }
|
|
|
3247
|
|
|
3248 /*
|
|
7
|
3249 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3250 */
|
|
|
3251 void
|
|
|
3252 syntax_clear(buf)
|
|
|
3253 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3254 {
|
|
|
3255 int i;
|
|
|
3256
|
|
482
|
3257 buf->b_syn_error = FALSE; /* clear previous error */
|
|
294
|
3258 buf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */
|
|
419
|
3259 buf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; /* default spell checking */
|
|
294
|
3260 buf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3261
|
|
|
3262 /* free the keywords */
|
|
134
|
3263 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3264 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
7
|
3265
|
|
|
3266 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3267 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3268 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i);
|
|
|
3269 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns);
|
|
|
3270
|
|
|
3271 /* free the syntax clusters */
|
|
|
3272 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3273 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i);
|
|
|
3274 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters);
|
|
301
|
3275 buf->b_spell_cluster_id = 0;
|
|
|
3276 buf->b_nospell_cluster_id = 0;
|
|
7
|
3277
|
|
|
3278 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3279 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3280 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3281 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3282
|
|
|
3283 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3284 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3285 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3286 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3287 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3288 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0;
|
|
|
3289 #endif
|
|
|
3290
|
|
|
3291 /* free the stored states */
|
|
|
3292 syn_stack_free_all(buf);
|
|
|
3293 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
3294 }
|
|
|
3295
|
|
|
3296 /*
|
|
|
3297 * Clear syncing info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3298 */
|
|
|
3299 static void
|
|
|
3300 syntax_sync_clear()
|
|
|
3301 {
|
|
|
3302 int i;
|
|
|
3303
|
|
|
3304 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3305 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3306 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing)
|
|
|
3307 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i);
|
|
|
3308
|
|
|
3309 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3310 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3311 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3312 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3313
|
|
|
3314 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3315 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3316 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3317 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3318
|
|
|
3319 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3320 }
|
|
|
3321
|
|
|
3322 /*
|
|
|
3323 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list.
|
|
|
3324 */
|
|
|
3325 static void
|
|
|
3326 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx)
|
|
|
3327 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3328 int idx;
|
|
|
3329 {
|
|
|
3330 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3331
|
|
|
3332 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3333 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3334 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
3335 --buf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
3336 #endif
|
|
|
3337 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx);
|
|
|
3338 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1,
|
|
|
3339 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1));
|
|
|
3340 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
3341 }
|
|
|
3342
|
|
|
3343 /*
|
|
|
3344 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from
|
|
|
3345 * last to first!
|
|
|
3346 */
|
|
|
3347 static void
|
|
|
3348 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i)
|
|
|
3349 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3350 int i;
|
|
|
3351 {
|
|
|
3352 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3353 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog);
|
|
|
3354 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */
|
|
|
3355 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3356 {
|
|
|
3357 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list);
|
|
|
3358 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list);
|
|
1421
|
3359 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
7
|
3360 }
|
|
|
3361 }
|
|
|
3362
|
|
|
3363 /*
|
|
|
3364 * Clear and free one syntax cluster.
|
|
|
3365 */
|
|
|
3366 static void
|
|
|
3367 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i)
|
|
|
3368 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3369 int i;
|
|
|
3370 {
|
|
|
3371 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name);
|
|
|
3372 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u);
|
|
|
3373 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list);
|
|
|
3374 }
|
|
|
3375
|
|
|
3376 /*
|
|
|
3377 * Handle ":syntax clear" command.
|
|
|
3378 */
|
|
|
3379 static void
|
|
|
3380 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3381 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3382 int syncing;
|
|
|
3383 {
|
|
|
3384 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3385 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3386 int id;
|
|
|
3387
|
|
|
3388 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3389 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3390 return;
|
|
|
3391
|
|
|
3392 /*
|
|
|
3393 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename",
|
|
|
3394 * because otherwise @group would get deleted.
|
|
|
3395 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn
|
|
|
3396 * clear".
|
|
|
3397 */
|
|
|
3398 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0)
|
|
|
3399 return;
|
|
|
3400
|
|
|
3401 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3402 {
|
|
|
3403 /*
|
|
|
3404 * No argument: Clear all syntax items.
|
|
|
3405 */
|
|
|
3406 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3407 syntax_sync_clear();
|
|
|
3408 else
|
|
|
3409 {
|
|
|
3410 syntax_clear(curbuf);
|
|
148
|
3411 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3412 }
|
|
|
3413 }
|
|
|
3414 else
|
|
|
3415 {
|
|
|
3416 /*
|
|
|
3417 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3418 */
|
|
|
3419 while (!ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3420 {
|
|
|
3421 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3422 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3423 {
|
|
|
3424 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3425 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3426 {
|
|
|
3427 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3428 break;
|
|
|
3429 }
|
|
|
3430 else
|
|
|
3431 {
|
|
|
3432 /*
|
|
|
3433 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing
|
|
|
3434 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing
|
|
|
3435 * and make it empty.
|
|
|
3436 */
|
|
|
3437 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3438
|
|
|
3439 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list);
|
|
|
3440 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3441 }
|
|
|
3442 }
|
|
|
3443 else
|
|
|
3444 {
|
|
|
3445 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3446 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3447 {
|
|
|
3448 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3449 break;
|
|
|
3450 }
|
|
|
3451 else
|
|
|
3452 syn_clear_one(id, syncing);
|
|
|
3453 }
|
|
|
3454 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3455 }
|
|
|
3456 }
|
|
745
|
3457 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
3458 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3459 }
|
|
|
3460
|
|
|
3461 /*
|
|
|
3462 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3463 */
|
|
|
3464 static void
|
|
|
3465 syn_clear_one(id, syncing)
|
|
|
3466 int id;
|
|
|
3467 int syncing;
|
|
|
3468 {
|
|
|
3469 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3470 int idx;
|
|
|
3471
|
|
|
3472 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */
|
|
|
3473 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3474 {
|
|
134
|
3475 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3476 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
7
|
3477 }
|
|
|
3478
|
|
|
3479 /* clear the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3480 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
3481 {
|
|
|
3482 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3483 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3484 continue;
|
|
|
3485 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx);
|
|
|
3486 }
|
|
|
3487 }
|
|
|
3488
|
|
|
3489 /*
|
|
|
3490 * Handle ":syntax on" command.
|
|
|
3491 */
|
|
|
3492 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3493 static void
|
|
|
3494 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3495 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3496 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3497 {
|
|
|
3498 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
|
3499 }
|
|
|
3500
|
|
|
3501 /*
|
|
|
3502 * Handle ":syntax enable" command.
|
|
|
3503 */
|
|
|
3504 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3505 static void
|
|
|
3506 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3507 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3508 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3509 {
|
|
|
3510 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable");
|
|
|
3511 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
148
|
3512 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3513 }
|
|
|
3514
|
|
|
3515 /*
|
|
|
3516 * Handle ":syntax reset" command.
|
|
|
3517 */
|
|
|
3518 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3519 static void
|
|
|
3520 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3521 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3522 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3523 {
|
|
|
3524 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3525 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3526 {
|
|
|
3527 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset");
|
|
|
3528 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim");
|
|
148
|
3529 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3530 }
|
|
|
3531 }
|
|
|
3532
|
|
|
3533 /*
|
|
|
3534 * Handle ":syntax manual" command.
|
|
|
3535 */
|
|
|
3536 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3537 static void
|
|
|
3538 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3539 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3540 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3541 {
|
|
|
3542 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual");
|
|
|
3543 }
|
|
|
3544
|
|
|
3545 /*
|
|
|
3546 * Handle ":syntax off" command.
|
|
|
3547 */
|
|
|
3548 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3549 static void
|
|
|
3550 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3551 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3552 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3553 {
|
|
|
3554 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax");
|
|
|
3555 }
|
|
|
3556
|
|
|
3557 static void
|
|
|
3558 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name)
|
|
|
3559 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3560 char *name;
|
|
|
3561 {
|
|
|
3562 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
3563
|
|
|
3564 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3565 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3566 {
|
|
|
3567 STRCPY(buf, "so ");
|
|
274
|
3568 vim_snprintf((char *)buf + 3, sizeof(buf) - 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name);
|
|
7
|
3569 do_cmdline_cmd(buf);
|
|
|
3570 }
|
|
|
3571 }
|
|
|
3572
|
|
|
3573 /*
|
|
|
3574 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words.
|
|
|
3575 */
|
|
|
3576 static void
|
|
|
3577 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3578 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3579 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3580 {
|
|
|
3581 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3582 int id;
|
|
|
3583 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3584
|
|
|
3585 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3586 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3587 return;
|
|
|
3588
|
|
|
3589 if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
|
|
|
3590 {
|
|
|
3591 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"));
|
|
|
3592 return;
|
|
|
3593 }
|
|
|
3594
|
|
|
3595 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3596 {
|
|
|
3597 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
3598 {
|
|
|
3599 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments"));
|
|
|
3600 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3601 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3602 return;
|
|
|
3603 }
|
|
|
3604 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH))
|
|
|
3605 {
|
|
|
3606 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0)
|
|
|
3607 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing"));
|
|
|
3608 else
|
|
|
3609 {
|
|
|
3610 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts "));
|
|
|
3611 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3612 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3613 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3614 }
|
|
|
3615 return;
|
|
|
3616 }
|
|
|
3617 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---"));
|
|
|
3618 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0
|
|
|
3619 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
|
|
|
3620 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3621 {
|
|
|
3622 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items"));
|
|
|
3623 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3624 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3625 }
|
|
|
3626 }
|
|
|
3627 else
|
|
|
3628 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---"));
|
|
|
3629 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3630 {
|
|
|
3631 /*
|
|
|
3632 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters.
|
|
|
3633 */
|
|
|
3634 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3635 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE);
|
|
|
3636 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3637 syn_list_cluster(id);
|
|
|
3638 }
|
|
|
3639 else
|
|
|
3640 {
|
|
|
3641 /*
|
|
|
3642 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3643 */
|
|
|
3644 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3645 {
|
|
|
3646 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3647 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3648 {
|
|
|
3649 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3650 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3651 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3652 else
|
|
|
3653 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
3654 }
|
|
|
3655 else
|
|
|
3656 {
|
|
|
3657 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3658 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3659 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3660 else
|
|
|
3661 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE);
|
|
|
3662 }
|
|
|
3663 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3664 }
|
|
|
3665 }
|
|
|
3666 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3667 }
|
|
|
3668
|
|
|
3669 static void
|
|
|
3670 syn_lines_msg()
|
|
|
3671 {
|
|
|
3672 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3673 {
|
|
|
3674 MSG_PUTS("; ");
|
|
|
3675 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3676 {
|
|
|
3677 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal "));
|
|
|
3678 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3679 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
3680 MSG_PUTS(", ");
|
|
|
3681 }
|
|
|
3682 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0)
|
|
|
3683 {
|
|
|
3684 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal "));
|
|
|
3685 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines);
|
|
|
3686 }
|
|
|
3687 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3688 }
|
|
|
3689 }
|
|
|
3690
|
|
|
3691 static void
|
|
|
3692 syn_match_msg()
|
|
|
3693 {
|
|
|
3694 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3695 {
|
|
|
3696 MSG_PUTS(_("; match "));
|
|
|
3697 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks);
|
|
|
3698 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks"));
|
|
|
3699 }
|
|
|
3700 }
|
|
|
3701
|
|
|
3702 static int last_matchgroup;
|
|
|
3703
|
|
|
3704 struct name_list
|
|
|
3705 {
|
|
|
3706 int flag;
|
|
|
3707 char *name;
|
|
|
3708 };
|
|
|
3709
|
|
|
3710 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr));
|
|
|
3711
|
|
|
3712 /*
|
|
|
3713 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3714 */
|
|
|
3715 static void
|
|
|
3716 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only)
|
|
|
3717 int id;
|
|
|
3718 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3719 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */
|
|
|
3720 {
|
|
|
3721 int attr;
|
|
|
3722 int idx;
|
|
|
3723 int did_header = FALSE;
|
|
|
3724 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3725 static struct name_list namelist1[] =
|
|
|
3726 {
|
|
|
3727 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"},
|
|
|
3728 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"},
|
|
|
3729 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"},
|
|
|
3730 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"},
|
|
|
3731 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"},
|
|
|
3732 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"},
|
|
|
3733 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"},
|
|
|
3734 {HL_FOLD, "fold"},
|
|
|
3735 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3736 };
|
|
|
3737 static struct name_list namelist2[] =
|
|
|
3738 {
|
|
|
3739 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"},
|
|
|
3740 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"},
|
|
|
3741 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"},
|
|
|
3742 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3743 };
|
|
|
3744
|
|
|
3745 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */
|
|
|
3746
|
|
|
3747 /* list the keywords for "id" */
|
|
|
3748 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3749 {
|
|
134
|
3750 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr);
|
|
|
3751 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic,
|
|
7
|
3752 did_header, attr);
|
|
|
3753 }
|
|
|
3754
|
|
|
3755 /* list the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3756 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx)
|
|
|
3757 {
|
|
|
3758 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3759 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3760 continue;
|
|
|
3761
|
|
|
3762 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3763 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
3764 last_matchgroup = 0;
|
|
|
3765 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
3766 {
|
|
|
3767 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr);
|
|
|
3768 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3769 }
|
|
|
3770 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3771 {
|
|
|
3772 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3773 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3774 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
3775 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3776 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len
|
|
|
3777 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END)
|
|
|
3778 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3779 --idx;
|
|
|
3780 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3781 }
|
|
|
3782 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3783
|
|
|
3784 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3785 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr);
|
|
|
3786
|
|
|
3787 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3788 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
3789 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
3790
|
|
|
3791 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3792 {
|
|
|
3793 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr);
|
|
|
3794 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3795 }
|
|
|
3796 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
|
3797 {
|
|
|
3798 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
3799 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr);
|
|
|
3800 else
|
|
|
3801 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr);
|
|
|
3802 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3803 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3804 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)
|
|
|
3805 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3806 else
|
|
|
3807 MSG_PUTS("NONE");
|
|
|
3808 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3809 }
|
|
|
3810 }
|
|
|
3811
|
|
|
3812 /* list the link, if there is one */
|
|
|
3813 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3814 {
|
|
|
3815 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3816 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr);
|
|
|
3817 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3818 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3819 }
|
|
|
3820 }
|
|
|
3821
|
|
|
3822 static void
|
|
|
3823 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr)
|
|
|
3824 struct name_list *nl;
|
|
|
3825 int flags;
|
|
|
3826 int attr;
|
|
|
3827 {
|
|
|
3828 int i;
|
|
|
3829
|
|
|
3830 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
3831 if (flags & nl[i].flag)
|
|
|
3832 {
|
|
|
3833 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr);
|
|
|
3834 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3835 }
|
|
|
3836 }
|
|
|
3837
|
|
|
3838 /*
|
|
|
3839 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3840 */
|
|
|
3841 static void
|
|
|
3842 syn_list_cluster(id)
|
|
|
3843 int id;
|
|
|
3844 {
|
|
|
3845 int endcol = 15;
|
|
|
3846
|
|
|
3847 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */
|
|
|
3848 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
3849 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3850
|
|
|
3851 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
3852 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
3853 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
3854 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
3855
|
|
|
3856 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
3857 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3858 {
|
|
|
3859 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list,
|
|
|
3860 hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3861 }
|
|
|
3862 else
|
|
|
3863 {
|
|
|
3864 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3865 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE");
|
|
|
3866 }
|
|
|
3867 }
|
|
|
3868
|
|
|
3869 static void
|
|
|
3870 put_id_list(name, list, attr)
|
|
|
3871 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3872 short *list;
|
|
|
3873 int attr;
|
|
|
3874 {
|
|
|
3875 short *p;
|
|
|
3876
|
|
|
3877 msg_puts_attr(name, attr);
|
|
|
3878 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3879 for (p = list; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
3880 {
|
|
|
3881 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
3882 {
|
|
|
3883 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3884 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT");
|
|
|
3885 else
|
|
|
3886 MSG_PUTS("ALL");
|
|
|
3887 }
|
|
|
3888 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3889 {
|
|
|
3890 MSG_PUTS("TOP");
|
|
|
3891 }
|
|
|
3892 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3893 {
|
|
|
3894 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED");
|
|
|
3895 }
|
|
|
3896 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3897 {
|
|
|
3898 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3899
|
|
|
3900 msg_putchar('@');
|
|
|
3901 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3902 }
|
|
|
3903 else
|
|
|
3904 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3905 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3906 msg_putchar(',');
|
|
|
3907 }
|
|
|
3908 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3909 }
|
|
|
3910
|
|
|
3911 static void
|
|
|
3912 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr)
|
|
|
3913 char *s;
|
|
|
3914 int c;
|
|
|
3915 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3916 int attr;
|
|
|
3917 {
|
|
|
3918 long n;
|
|
|
3919 int mask;
|
|
|
3920 int first;
|
|
|
3921 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&";
|
|
|
3922 int i;
|
|
|
3923
|
|
|
3924 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */
|
|
|
3925 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id)
|
|
|
3926 {
|
|
|
3927 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
3928 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr);
|
|
|
3929 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3930 if (last_matchgroup == 0)
|
|
|
3931 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE");
|
|
|
3932 else
|
|
|
3933 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3934 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3935 }
|
|
|
3936
|
|
|
3937 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */
|
|
|
3938 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr);
|
|
|
3939 msg_putchar(c);
|
|
|
3940
|
|
|
3941 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */
|
|
|
3942 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; )
|
|
|
3943 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL)
|
|
|
3944 {
|
|
|
3945 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */
|
|
|
3946 break;
|
|
|
3947 }
|
|
|
3948 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3949 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3950 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3951
|
|
|
3952 /* output any pattern options */
|
|
|
3953 first = TRUE;
|
|
|
3954 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
3955 {
|
|
|
3956 mask = (1 << i);
|
|
|
3957 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
3958 {
|
|
|
3959 if (!first)
|
|
|
3960 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */
|
|
|
3961 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]);
|
|
|
3962 n = spp->sp_offsets[i];
|
|
|
3963 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3964 {
|
|
|
3965 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask)
|
|
|
3966 msg_putchar('s');
|
|
|
3967 else
|
|
|
3968 msg_putchar('e');
|
|
|
3969 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3970 msg_putchar('+');
|
|
|
3971 }
|
|
|
3972 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3973 msg_outnum(n);
|
|
|
3974 first = FALSE;
|
|
|
3975 }
|
|
|
3976 }
|
|
|
3977 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3978 }
|
|
|
3979
|
|
|
3980 /*
|
|
|
3981 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group.
|
|
|
3982 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed.
|
|
|
3983 */
|
|
|
3984 static int
|
|
134
|
3985 syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr)
|
|
7
|
3986 int id;
|
|
134
|
3987 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
7
|
3988 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */
|
|
|
3989 int attr;
|
|
|
3990 {
|
|
|
3991 int outlen;
|
|
134
|
3992 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
3993 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3994 int todo;
|
|
7
|
3995 int prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
3996 short *prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3997 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3998 int prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
3999 int prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
4000 int prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
4001
|
|
|
4002 /*
|
|
|
4003 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on
|
|
|
4004 * hash value...
|
|
|
4005 */
|
|
835
|
4006 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
|
|
134
|
4007 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi)
|
|
|
4008 {
|
|
|
4009 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4010 {
|
|
|
4011 --todo;
|
|
|
4012 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
7
|
4013 {
|
|
134
|
4014 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
7
|
4015 {
|
|
134
|
4016 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
4017 || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
4018 || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
4019 || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
4020 || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list
|
|
|
4021 || prev_next_list != kp->next_list)
|
|
|
4022 outlen = 9999;
|
|
|
4023 else
|
|
|
4024 outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword);
|
|
|
4025 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */
|
|
|
4026 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id))
|
|
|
4027 {
|
|
|
4028 prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
4029 prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4030 prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4031 prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
4032 prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
4033 prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
4034 }
|
|
|
4035 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
4036 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
4037 {
|
|
|
4038 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr);
|
|
|
4039 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4040 prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED);
|
|
|
4041 }
|
|
|
4042 if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list)
|
|
|
4043 {
|
|
|
4044 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
4045 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
4046 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4047 prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4048 }
|
|
|
4049 if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list)
|
|
|
4050 {
|
|
|
4051 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr);
|
|
|
4052 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4053 prev_next_list = kp->next_list;
|
|
|
4054 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
4055 {
|
|
|
4056 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr);
|
|
|
4057 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4058 prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL);
|
|
|
4059 }
|
|
|
4060 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
4061 {
|
|
|
4062 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr);
|
|
|
4063 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4064 prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE);
|
|
|
4065 }
|
|
|
4066 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
4067 {
|
|
|
4068 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr);
|
|
|
4069 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
4070 prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY);
|
|
|
4071 }
|
|
|
4072 }
|
|
|
4073 msg_outtrans(kp->keyword);
|
|
7
|
4074 }
|
|
|
4075 }
|
|
|
4076 }
|
|
|
4077 }
|
|
|
4078
|
|
|
4079 return did_header;
|
|
|
4080 }
|
|
|
4081
|
|
|
4082 static void
|
|
134
|
4083 syn_clear_keyword(id, ht)
|
|
7
|
4084 int id;
|
|
134
|
4085 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4086 {
|
|
|
4087 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
4088 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4089 keyentry_T *kp_prev;
|
|
|
4090 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
4091 int todo;
|
|
|
4092
|
|
|
4093 hash_lock(ht);
|
|
835
|
4094 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
|
|
134
|
4095 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
|
4096 {
|
|
|
4097 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4098 {
|
|
|
4099 --todo;
|
|
|
4100 kp_prev = NULL;
|
|
|
4101 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; )
|
|
7
|
4102 {
|
|
134
|
4103 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
|
4104 {
|
|
|
4105 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4106 if (kp_prev == NULL)
|
|
|
4107 {
|
|
|
4108 if (kp_next == NULL)
|
|
|
4109 hash_remove(ht, hi);
|
|
|
4110 else
|
|
|
4111 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next);
|
|
|
4112 }
|
|
|
4113 else
|
|
|
4114 kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next;
|
|
|
4115 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
|
4116 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4117 vim_free(kp);
|
|
|
4118 kp = kp_next;
|
|
|
4119 }
|
|
7
|
4120 else
|
|
134
|
4121 {
|
|
|
4122 kp_prev = kp;
|
|
|
4123 kp = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4124 }
|
|
7
|
4125 }
|
|
134
|
4126 }
|
|
|
4127 }
|
|
|
4128 hash_unlock(ht);
|
|
|
4129 }
|
|
|
4130
|
|
|
4131 /*
|
|
|
4132 * Clear a whole keyword table.
|
|
7
|
4133 */
|
|
|
4134 static void
|
|
134
|
4135 clear_keywtab(ht)
|
|
|
4136 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4137 {
|
|
|
4138 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
4139 int todo;
|
|
|
4140 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4141 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
4142
|
|
835
|
4143 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
|
|
134
|
4144 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
|
4145 {
|
|
|
4146 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4147 {
|
|
|
4148 --todo;
|
|
|
4149 kp = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
|
4150 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next)
|
|
7
|
4151 {
|
|
134
|
4152 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
4153 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
|
4154 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4155 vim_free(kp);
|
|
7
|
4156 }
|
|
134
|
4157 }
|
|
|
4158 }
|
|
|
4159 hash_clear(ht);
|
|
|
4160 hash_init(ht);
|
|
7
|
4161 }
|
|
|
4162
|
|
|
4163 /*
|
|
|
4164 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords.
|
|
|
4165 */
|
|
|
4166 static void
|
|
|
4167 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list)
|
|
|
4168 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */
|
|
|
4169 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */
|
|
|
4170 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */
|
|
|
4171 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */
|
|
|
4172 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */
|
|
|
4173 {
|
|
134
|
4174 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
4175 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
4176 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
154
|
4177 char_u *name_ic;
|
|
134
|
4178 long_u hash;
|
|
154
|
4179 char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1];
|
|
7
|
4180
|
|
|
4181 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
154
|
4182 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name),
|
|
|
4183 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
|
4184 else
|
|
|
4185 name_ic = name;
|
|
134
|
4186 kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic)));
|
|
|
4187 if (kp == NULL)
|
|
|
4188 return;
|
|
|
4189 STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic);
|
|
|
4190 kp->k_syn.id = id;
|
|
|
4191 kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4192 kp->flags = flags;
|
|
|
4193 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4194 if (cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4195 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
|
4196 kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list);
|
|
|
4197
|
|
|
4198 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
|
4199 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
7
|
4200 else
|
|
134
|
4201 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab;
|
|
|
4202
|
|
|
4203 hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword);
|
|
|
4204 hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
|
4205 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4206 {
|
|
|
4207 /* new keyword, add to hashtable */
|
|
|
4208 kp->ke_next = NULL;
|
|
|
4209 hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
|
4210 }
|
|
|
4211 else
|
|
|
4212 {
|
|
|
4213 /* keyword already exists, prepend to list */
|
|
|
4214 kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
|
4215 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp);
|
|
|
4216 }
|
|
7
|
4217 }
|
|
|
4218
|
|
|
4219 /*
|
|
|
4220 * Get the start and end of the group name argument.
|
|
|
4221 * Return a pointer to the first argument.
|
|
|
4222 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args.
|
|
|
4223 */
|
|
|
4224 static char_u *
|
|
|
4225 get_group_name(arg, name_end)
|
|
|
4226 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */
|
|
|
4227 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */
|
|
|
4228 {
|
|
|
4229 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4230
|
|
|
4231 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4232 rest = skipwhite(*name_end);
|
|
|
4233
|
|
|
4234 /*
|
|
|
4235 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a
|
|
|
4236 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL.
|
|
|
4237 */
|
|
|
4238 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4239 return NULL;
|
|
|
4240 return rest;
|
|
|
4241 }
|
|
|
4242
|
|
|
4243 /*
|
|
|
4244 * Check for syntax command option arguments.
|
|
|
4245 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks
|
|
|
4246 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to
|
|
|
4247 * collect all options in between other arguments.
|
|
|
4248 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option).
|
|
|
4249 * Return NULL for any error;
|
|
|
4250 */
|
|
|
4251 static char_u *
|
|
154
|
4252 get_syn_options(arg, opt)
|
|
|
4253 char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */
|
|
|
4254 syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */
|
|
|
4255 {
|
|
7
|
4256 char_u *gname_start, *gname;
|
|
|
4257 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4258 int len;
|
|
154
|
4259 char *p;
|
|
7
|
4260 int i;
|
|
|
4261 int fidx;
|
|
|
4262 static struct flag
|
|
|
4263 {
|
|
|
4264 char *name;
|
|
154
|
4265 int argtype;
|
|
|
4266 int flags;
|
|
|
4267 } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED},
|
|
|
4268 {"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE},
|
|
|
4269 {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND},
|
|
|
4270 {"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND},
|
|
|
4271 {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL},
|
|
|
4272 {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP},
|
|
|
4273 {"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL},
|
|
|
4274 {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE},
|
|
|
4275 {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY},
|
|
|
4276 {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE},
|
|
|
4277 {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE},
|
|
|
4278 {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY},
|
|
|
4279 {"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD},
|
|
|
4280 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0},
|
|
|
4281 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0},
|
|
|
4282 {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0},
|
|
7
|
4283 };
|
|
154
|
4284 static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN";
|
|
7
|
4285
|
|
|
4286 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */
|
|
|
4287 return NULL;
|
|
|
4288
|
|
|
4289 for (;;)
|
|
|
4290 {
|
|
154
|
4291 /*
|
|
|
4292 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined.
|
|
|
4293 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found.
|
|
|
4294 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow.
|
|
|
4295 */
|
|
|
4296 if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL)
|
|
|
4297 break;
|
|
7
|
4298
|
|
|
4299 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; )
|
|
|
4300 {
|
|
154
|
4301 p = flagtab[fidx].name;
|
|
|
4302 for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len)
|
|
|
4303 if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1])
|
|
|
4304 break;
|
|
|
4305 if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len])
|
|
|
4306 || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0
|
|
|
4307 ? arg[len] == '='
|
|
|
4308 : ends_excmd(arg[len]))))
|
|
7
|
4309 {
|
|
154
|
4310 if (opt->keyword
|
|
|
4311 && (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY
|
|
|
4312 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4313 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND))
|
|
7
|
4314 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */
|
|
|
4315 fidx = -1;
|
|
|
4316 break;
|
|
|
4317 }
|
|
|
4318 }
|
|
154
|
4319 if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */
|
|
|
4320 break;
|
|
|
4321
|
|
|
4322 if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1)
|
|
|
4323 {
|
|
|
4324 if (!opt->has_cont_list)
|
|
7
|
4325 {
|
|
|
4326 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4327 return NULL;
|
|
|
4328 }
|
|
154
|
4329 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4330 return NULL;
|
|
|
4331 }
|
|
154
|
4332 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2)
|
|
|
4333 {
|
|
|
4334 #if 0 /* cannot happen */
|
|
|
4335 if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4336 {
|
|
|
4337 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4338 return NULL;
|
|
|
4339 }
|
|
154
|
4340 #endif
|
|
|
4341 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4342 return NULL;
|
|
|
4343 }
|
|
154
|
4344 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3)
|
|
|
4345 {
|
|
|
4346 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4347 return NULL;
|
|
|
4348 }
|
|
|
4349 else
|
|
154
|
4350 {
|
|
|
4351 opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags;
|
|
|
4352 arg = skipwhite(arg + len);
|
|
|
4353
|
|
|
4354 if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE
|
|
|
4355 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE)
|
|
|
4356 {
|
|
|
4357 if (opt->sync_idx == NULL)
|
|
|
4358 {
|
|
|
4359 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4360 return NULL;
|
|
|
4361 }
|
|
|
4362 gname_start = arg;
|
|
|
4363 arg = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4364 if (gname_start == arg)
|
|
|
4365 return NULL;
|
|
|
4366 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start));
|
|
|
4367 if (gname == NULL)
|
|
|
4368 return NULL;
|
|
|
4369 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
4370 *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX;
|
|
|
4371 else
|
|
|
4372 {
|
|
|
4373 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname);
|
|
|
4374 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
4375 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id
|
|
|
4376 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
4377 {
|
|
|
4378 *opt->sync_idx = i;
|
|
|
4379 break;
|
|
|
4380 }
|
|
|
4381 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
4382 {
|
|
|
4383 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname);
|
|
|
4384 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4385 return NULL;
|
|
|
4386 }
|
|
|
4387 }
|
|
|
4388
|
|
|
4389 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4390 arg = skipwhite(arg);
|
|
|
4391 }
|
|
|
4392 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4393 else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4394 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin))
|
|
|
4395 /* Need to update folds later. */
|
|
|
4396 foldUpdateAll(curwin);
|
|
|
4397 #endif
|
|
|
4398 }
|
|
|
4399 }
|
|
7
|
4400
|
|
|
4401 return arg;
|
|
|
4402 }
|
|
|
4403
|
|
|
4404 /*
|
|
|
4405 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
4406 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it
|
|
|
4407 * to the specified top-level group, if any.
|
|
|
4408 */
|
|
|
4409 static void
|
|
|
4410 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp)
|
|
|
4411 int id;
|
|
|
4412 int *flagsp;
|
|
|
4413 {
|
|
|
4414 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0)
|
|
|
4415 return;
|
|
|
4416 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
4417 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
4418 {
|
|
|
4419 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */
|
|
|
4420 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
4421 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
4422
|
|
|
4423 if (grp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4424 {
|
|
|
4425 grp_list[0] = id;
|
|
|
4426 grp_list[1] = 0;
|
|
|
4427 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list,
|
|
|
4428 CLUSTER_ADD);
|
|
|
4429 }
|
|
|
4430 }
|
|
|
4431 }
|
|
|
4432
|
|
|
4433 /*
|
|
|
4434 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command.
|
|
|
4435 */
|
|
|
4436 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4437 static void
|
|
|
4438 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4439 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4440 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4441 {
|
|
|
4442 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4443 int sgl_id = 1;
|
|
|
4444 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4445 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4446 char_u *errormsg = NULL;
|
|
|
4447 int prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4448 int prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4449 int source = FALSE;
|
|
|
4450
|
|
|
4451 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
4452 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
4453 return;
|
|
|
4454
|
|
|
4455 if (arg[0] == '@')
|
|
|
4456 {
|
|
|
4457 ++arg;
|
|
|
4458 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4459 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4460 {
|
|
|
4461 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required"));
|
|
|
4462 return;
|
|
|
4463 }
|
|
|
4464 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4465 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */
|
|
|
4466 eap->arg = rest;
|
|
|
4467 }
|
|
|
4468
|
|
|
4469 /*
|
|
|
4470 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the
|
|
|
4471 * filename to include.
|
|
|
4472 */
|
|
|
4473 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC);
|
|
|
4474 separate_nextcmd(eap);
|
|
|
4475 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg))
|
|
|
4476 {
|
|
|
4477 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the
|
|
|
4478 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases
|
|
|
4479 * ":runtime!" is used. */
|
|
|
4480 source = TRUE;
|
|
|
4481 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4482 {
|
|
|
4483 if (errormsg != NULL)
|
|
|
4484 EMSG(errormsg);
|
|
|
4485 return;
|
|
|
4486 }
|
|
|
4487 }
|
|
|
4488
|
|
|
4489 /*
|
|
|
4490 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn
|
|
|
4491 * include" tag around the actual inclusion.
|
|
|
4492 */
|
|
|
4493 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4494 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4495 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp;
|
|
|
4496 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id;
|
|
1299
|
4497 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, DOSO_NONE) == FAIL
|
|
|
4498 : source_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4499 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg);
|
|
|
4500 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4501 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4502 }
|
|
|
4503
|
|
|
4504 /*
|
|
|
4505 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command.
|
|
|
4506 */
|
|
|
4507 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4508 static void
|
|
|
4509 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4510 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4511 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4512 {
|
|
|
4513 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4514 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4515 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4516 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4517 char_u *keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4518 char_u *p;
|
|
154
|
4519 char_u *kw;
|
|
|
4520 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
|
4521 int cnt;
|
|
7
|
4522
|
|
|
4523 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4524
|
|
|
4525 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4526 {
|
|
|
4527 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4528
|
|
|
4529 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */
|
|
|
4530 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1);
|
|
|
4531 if (keyword_copy != NULL)
|
|
|
4532 {
|
|
154
|
4533 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4534 syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE;
|
|
|
4535 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
|
4536 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
4537 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4538 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4539
|
|
7
|
4540 /*
|
|
|
4541 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be
|
|
|
4542 * found before keywords can be created.
|
|
154
|
4543 * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy.
|
|
7
|
4544 */
|
|
154
|
4545 cnt = 0;
|
|
|
4546 p = keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4547 for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest))
|
|
7
|
4548 {
|
|
154
|
4549 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
|
4550 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4551 break;
|
|
|
4552 /* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */
|
|
|
4553 while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest))
|
|
|
4554 {
|
|
|
4555 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
4556 ++rest;
|
|
|
4557 *p++ = *rest++;
|
|
|
4558 }
|
|
|
4559 *p++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4560 ++cnt;
|
|
|
4561 }
|
|
|
4562
|
|
|
4563 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
4564 {
|
|
|
4565 /* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */
|
|
|
4566 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
|
4567
|
|
7
|
4568 /*
|
|
154
|
4569 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword.
|
|
7
|
4570 */
|
|
154
|
4571 for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1)
|
|
7
|
4572 {
|
|
154
|
4573 for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; )
|
|
7
|
4574 {
|
|
154
|
4575 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4576 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
4577 add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags,
|
|
|
4578 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list,
|
|
|
4579 syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
168
|
4580 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
4581 break;
|
|
|
4582 if (p[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
4583 {
|
|
838
|
4584 EMSG2(_("E789: Missing ']': %s"), kw);
|
|
168
|
4585 kw = p + 2; /* skip over the NUL */
|
|
154
|
4586 break;
|
|
168
|
4587 }
|
|
|
4588 if (p[1] == ']')
|
|
|
4589 {
|
|
|
4590 kw = p + 1; /* skip over the "]" */
|
|
|
4591 break;
|
|
|
4592 }
|
|
154
|
4593 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4594 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
7
|
4595 {
|
|
474
|
4596 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + 1);
|
|
154
|
4597
|
|
|
4598 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l);
|
|
|
4599 p += l;
|
|
|
4600 }
|
|
|
4601 else
|
|
7
|
4602 #endif
|
|
154
|
4603 {
|
|
|
4604 p[0] = p[1];
|
|
|
4605 ++p;
|
|
7
|
4606 }
|
|
|
4607 }
|
|
|
4608 }
|
|
|
4609 }
|
|
154
|
4610
|
|
7
|
4611 vim_free(keyword_copy);
|
|
168
|
4612 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4613 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4614 }
|
|
|
4615 }
|
|
|
4616
|
|
|
4617 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4618 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4619 else
|
|
|
4620 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4621
|
|
745
|
4622 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
4623 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4624 }
|
|
|
4625
|
|
|
4626 /*
|
|
|
4627 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]".
|
|
|
4628 *
|
|
|
4629 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .."
|
|
|
4630 */
|
|
|
4631 static void
|
|
|
4632 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4633 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4634 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */
|
|
|
4635 {
|
|
|
4636 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4637 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4638 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4639 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */
|
|
|
4640 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4641 int idx;
|
|
154
|
4642 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
7
|
4643 int sync_idx = 0;
|
|
|
4644
|
|
|
4645 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4646 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4647
|
|
|
4648 /* Get options before the pattern */
|
|
154
|
4649 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4650 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
|
4651 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL;
|
|
|
4652 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
4653 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4654 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4655 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4656 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4657
|
|
|
4658 /* get the pattern. */
|
|
|
4659 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4660 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item));
|
|
|
4661 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item);
|
|
154
|
4662 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
|
4663 syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
7
|
4664
|
|
|
4665 /* Get options after the pattern */
|
|
154
|
4666 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4667
|
|
|
4668 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */
|
|
|
4669 {
|
|
|
4670 /*
|
|
|
4671 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments.
|
|
|
4672 */
|
|
|
4673 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4674 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4675 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4676 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL
|
|
|
4677 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4678 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4679 {
|
|
154
|
4680 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
7
|
4681 /*
|
|
|
4682 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4683 */
|
|
|
4684 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4685 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item;
|
|
|
4686 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4687 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH;
|
|
|
4688 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4689 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
154
|
4690 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
7
|
4691 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx;
|
|
154
|
4692 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
|
4693 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
|
4694 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4695 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4696 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
154
|
4697 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
7
|
4698 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4699
|
|
|
4700 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */
|
|
154
|
4701 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
7
|
4702 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH;
|
|
|
4703 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
154
|
4704 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
7
|
4705 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4706 #endif
|
|
|
4707
|
|
745
|
4708 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
4709 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4710 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4711 }
|
|
|
4712 }
|
|
|
4713
|
|
|
4714 /*
|
|
|
4715 * Something failed, free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4716 */
|
|
|
4717 vim_free(item.sp_prog);
|
|
|
4718 vim_free(item.sp_pattern);
|
|
154
|
4719 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
|
4720 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4721 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4722
|
|
|
4723 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4724 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4725 }
|
|
|
4726
|
|
|
4727 /*
|
|
|
4728 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}]
|
|
|
4729 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]".
|
|
|
4730 */
|
|
|
4731 static void
|
|
|
4732 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4733 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4734 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */
|
|
|
4735 {
|
|
|
4736 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4737 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4738 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */
|
|
|
4739 char_u *key_end;
|
|
|
4740 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
4741 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4742 int item;
|
|
|
4743 #define ITEM_START 0
|
|
|
4744 #define ITEM_SKIP 1
|
|
|
4745 #define ITEM_END 2
|
|
|
4746 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3
|
|
|
4747 struct pat_ptr
|
|
|
4748 {
|
|
|
4749 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */
|
|
|
4750 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */
|
|
|
4751 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */
|
|
|
4752 } *(pat_ptrs[3]);
|
|
|
4753 /* patterns found in the line */
|
|
|
4754 struct pat_ptr *ppp;
|
|
|
4755 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next;
|
|
|
4756 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */
|
|
|
4757 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4758 int matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4759 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */
|
|
|
4760 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */
|
|
|
4761 int success = FALSE;
|
|
|
4762 int idx;
|
|
154
|
4763 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
7
|
4764
|
|
|
4765 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4766 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4767
|
|
|
4768 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL;
|
|
|
4769 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4770 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL;
|
|
|
4771
|
|
|
4772 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4773
|
|
154
|
4774 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4775 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
|
4776 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
|
4777 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
4778 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4779 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4780 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4781
|
|
7
|
4782 /*
|
|
|
4783 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup.
|
|
|
4784 */
|
|
|
4785 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4786 {
|
|
|
4787 /* Check for option arguments */
|
|
154
|
4788 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4789 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4790 break;
|
|
|
4791
|
|
|
4792 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */
|
|
|
4793 key_end = rest;
|
|
|
4794 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=')
|
|
|
4795 ++key_end;
|
|
|
4796 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4797 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest));
|
|
|
4798 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
4799 {
|
|
|
4800 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4801 break;
|
|
|
4802 }
|
|
|
4803 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0)
|
|
|
4804 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP;
|
|
|
4805 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0)
|
|
|
4806 item = ITEM_START;
|
|
|
4807 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0)
|
|
|
4808 item = ITEM_END;
|
|
|
4809 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0)
|
|
|
4810 {
|
|
|
4811 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */
|
|
|
4812 {
|
|
|
4813 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4814 break;
|
|
|
4815 }
|
|
|
4816 item = ITEM_SKIP;
|
|
|
4817 }
|
|
|
4818 else
|
|
|
4819 break;
|
|
|
4820 rest = skipwhite(key_end);
|
|
|
4821 if (*rest != '=')
|
|
|
4822 {
|
|
|
4823 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4824 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4825 break;
|
|
|
4826 }
|
|
|
4827 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1);
|
|
|
4828 if (*rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4829 {
|
|
|
4830 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4831 break;
|
|
|
4832 }
|
|
|
4833
|
|
|
4834 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP)
|
|
|
4835 {
|
|
|
4836 p = skiptowhite(rest);
|
|
|
4837 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4838 matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4839 else
|
|
|
4840 {
|
|
|
4841 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest));
|
|
|
4842 if (matchgroup_id == 0)
|
|
|
4843 {
|
|
|
4844 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4845 break;
|
|
|
4846 }
|
|
|
4847 }
|
|
|
4848 rest = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
4849 }
|
|
|
4850 else
|
|
|
4851 {
|
|
|
4852 /*
|
|
|
4853 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of
|
|
|
4854 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is
|
|
|
4855 * used from end to start).
|
|
|
4856 */
|
|
|
4857 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr));
|
|
|
4858 if (ppp == NULL)
|
|
|
4859 {
|
|
|
4860 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4861 break;
|
|
|
4862 }
|
|
|
4863 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item];
|
|
|
4864 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp;
|
|
|
4865 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T));
|
|
|
4866 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL)
|
|
|
4867 {
|
|
|
4868 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4869 break;
|
|
|
4870 }
|
|
|
4871
|
|
|
4872 /*
|
|
|
4873 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s).
|
|
|
4874 */
|
|
|
4875 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */
|
|
|
4876 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4877 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET;
|
|
|
4878 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END)
|
|
|
4879 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE;
|
|
|
4880 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4881 reg_do_extmatch = 0;
|
|
|
4882 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol()
|
|
154
|
4883 && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
7
|
4884 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
|
4885 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4886 ++pat_count;
|
|
|
4887 }
|
|
|
4888 }
|
|
|
4889 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4890 if (illegal || not_enough)
|
|
|
4891 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4892
|
|
|
4893 /*
|
|
|
4894 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern.
|
|
|
4895 */
|
|
|
4896 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL ||
|
|
|
4897 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL))
|
|
|
4898 {
|
|
|
4899 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4900 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4901 }
|
|
|
4902
|
|
|
4903 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4904 {
|
|
|
4905 /*
|
|
|
4906 * Check for trailing garbage or command.
|
|
|
4907 * If OK, add the item.
|
|
|
4908 */
|
|
|
4909 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4910 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4911 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4912 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL
|
|
|
4913 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4914 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4915 {
|
|
154
|
4916 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
7
|
4917 /*
|
|
|
4918 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4919 */
|
|
|
4920 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4921 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4922 {
|
|
|
4923 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next)
|
|
|
4924 {
|
|
|
4925 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4926 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4927 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type =
|
|
|
4928 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START :
|
|
|
4929 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END;
|
|
154
|
4930 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
7
|
4931 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4932 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4933 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id =
|
|
|
4934 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4935 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4936 {
|
|
154
|
4937 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list =
|
|
|
4938 syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
7
|
4939 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
154
|
4940 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4941 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4942 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
154
|
4943 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list =
|
|
|
4944 syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
7
|
4945 }
|
|
|
4946 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4947 ++idx;
|
|
|
4948 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
154
|
4949 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
7
|
4950 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4951 #endif
|
|
|
4952 }
|
|
|
4953 }
|
|
|
4954
|
|
745
|
4955 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
4956 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4957 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4958 }
|
|
|
4959 }
|
|
|
4960
|
|
|
4961 /*
|
|
|
4962 * Free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4963 */
|
|
|
4964 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4965 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next)
|
|
|
4966 {
|
|
|
4967 if (!success)
|
|
|
4968 {
|
|
|
4969 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog);
|
|
|
4970 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
4971 }
|
|
|
4972 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4973 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next;
|
|
|
4974 vim_free(ppp);
|
|
|
4975 }
|
|
|
4976
|
|
|
4977 if (!success)
|
|
|
4978 {
|
|
154
|
4979 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
|
4980 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4981 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4982 if (not_enough)
|
|
|
4983 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4984 else if (illegal || rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4985 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4986 }
|
|
|
4987 }
|
|
|
4988
|
|
|
4989 /*
|
|
|
4990 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort()
|
|
|
4991 */
|
|
|
4992 static int
|
|
|
4993 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
4994 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
4995 #endif
|
|
|
4996 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2)
|
|
|
4997 const void *v1;
|
|
|
4998 const void *v2;
|
|
|
4999 {
|
|
|
5000 const short *s1 = v1;
|
|
|
5001 const short *s2 = v2;
|
|
|
5002
|
|
|
5003 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0);
|
|
|
5004 }
|
|
|
5005
|
|
|
5006 /*
|
|
|
5007 * Combines lists of syntax clusters.
|
|
|
5008 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed.
|
|
|
5009 */
|
|
|
5010 static void
|
|
|
5011 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op)
|
|
|
5012 short **clstr1;
|
|
|
5013 short **clstr2;
|
|
|
5014 int list_op;
|
|
|
5015 {
|
|
|
5016 int count1 = 0;
|
|
|
5017 int count2 = 0;
|
|
|
5018 short *g1;
|
|
|
5019 short *g2;
|
|
|
5020 short *clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
5021 int count;
|
|
|
5022 int round;
|
|
|
5023
|
|
|
5024 /*
|
|
|
5025 * Handle degenerate cases.
|
|
|
5026 */
|
|
|
5027 if (*clstr2 == NULL)
|
|
|
5028 return;
|
|
|
5029 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
5030 {
|
|
|
5031 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
5032 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
5033 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
5034 *clstr1 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
5035 else
|
|
|
5036 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
5037 return;
|
|
|
5038 }
|
|
|
5039
|
|
|
5040 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++)
|
|
|
5041 ++count1;
|
|
|
5042 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++)
|
|
|
5043 ++count2;
|
|
|
5044
|
|
|
5045 /*
|
|
|
5046 * For speed purposes, sort both lists.
|
|
|
5047 */
|
|
|
5048 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
5049 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
5050
|
|
|
5051 /*
|
|
|
5052 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place
|
|
|
5053 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new
|
|
|
5054 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller
|
|
|
5055 * of the current elements in each list to the new list.
|
|
|
5056 */
|
|
|
5057 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++)
|
|
|
5058 {
|
|
|
5059 g1 = *clstr1;
|
|
|
5060 g2 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
5061 count = 0;
|
|
|
5062
|
|
|
5063 /*
|
|
|
5064 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty.
|
|
|
5065 */
|
|
|
5066 while (*g1 && *g2)
|
|
|
5067 {
|
|
|
5068 /*
|
|
|
5069 * We always want to add from the first list.
|
|
|
5070 */
|
|
|
5071 if (*g1 < *g2)
|
|
|
5072 {
|
|
|
5073 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5074 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
5075 count++;
|
|
|
5076 g1++;
|
|
|
5077 continue;
|
|
|
5078 }
|
|
|
5079 /*
|
|
|
5080 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the
|
|
|
5081 * lists.
|
|
|
5082 */
|
|
|
5083 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
5084 {
|
|
|
5085 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5086 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
5087 count++;
|
|
|
5088 }
|
|
|
5089 if (*g1 == *g2)
|
|
|
5090 g1++;
|
|
|
5091 g2++;
|
|
|
5092 }
|
|
|
5093
|
|
|
5094 /*
|
|
|
5095 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished
|
|
|
5096 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if
|
|
|
5097 * we're adding the lists.
|
|
|
5098 */
|
|
|
5099 for (; *g1; g1++, count++)
|
|
|
5100 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5101 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
5102 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
5103 for (; *g2; g2++, count++)
|
|
|
5104 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5105 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
5106
|
|
|
5107 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
5108 {
|
|
|
5109 /*
|
|
|
5110 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any
|
|
|
5111 * space for it.
|
|
|
5112 */
|
|
|
5113 if (count == 0)
|
|
|
5114 {
|
|
|
5115 clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
5116 break;
|
|
|
5117 }
|
|
|
5118 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
5119 if (clstr == NULL)
|
|
|
5120 break;
|
|
|
5121 clstr[count] = 0;
|
|
|
5122 }
|
|
|
5123 }
|
|
|
5124
|
|
|
5125 /*
|
|
|
5126 * Finally, put the new list in place.
|
|
|
5127 */
|
|
|
5128 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
5129 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
5130 *clstr1 = clstr;
|
|
|
5131 }
|
|
|
5132
|
|
|
5133 /*
|
|
|
5134 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5135 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
5136 */
|
|
|
5137 static int
|
|
|
5138 syn_scl_name2id(name)
|
|
|
5139 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5140 {
|
|
|
5141 int i;
|
|
|
5142 char_u *name_u;
|
|
|
5143
|
|
|
5144 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
5145 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
5146 if (name_u == NULL)
|
|
|
5147 return 0;
|
|
|
5148 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5149 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
5150 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
5151 break;
|
|
|
5152 vim_free(name_u);
|
|
|
5153 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
5154 }
|
|
|
5155
|
|
|
5156 /*
|
|
|
5157 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
5158 */
|
|
|
5159 static int
|
|
|
5160 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
5161 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
5162 int len;
|
|
|
5163 {
|
|
|
5164 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5165 int id = 0;
|
|
|
5166
|
|
|
5167 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
5168 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
5169 {
|
|
|
5170 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
5171 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5172 }
|
|
|
5173 return id;
|
|
|
5174 }
|
|
|
5175
|
|
|
5176 /*
|
|
|
5177 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5178 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
5179 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
5180 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
5181 */
|
|
|
5182 static int
|
|
|
5183 syn_check_cluster(pp, len)
|
|
|
5184 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
5185 int len;
|
|
|
5186 {
|
|
|
5187 int id;
|
|
|
5188 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5189
|
|
|
5190 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
5191 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5192 return 0;
|
|
|
5193
|
|
|
5194 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
5195 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
5196 id = syn_add_cluster(name);
|
|
|
5197 else
|
|
|
5198 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5199 return id;
|
|
|
5200 }
|
|
|
5201
|
|
|
5202 /*
|
|
|
5203 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5204 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
5205 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
5206 */
|
|
|
5207 static int
|
|
|
5208 syn_add_cluster(name)
|
|
221
|
5209 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5210 {
|
|
|
5211 int len;
|
|
7
|
5212
|
|
|
5213 /*
|
|
|
5214 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
5215 */
|
|
|
5216 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
5217 {
|
|
221
|
5218 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T);
|
|
7
|
5219 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5220 }
|
|
|
5221
|
|
|
5222 /*
|
|
|
5223 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry.
|
|
|
5224 */
|
|
|
5225 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5226 {
|
|
|
5227 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5228 return 0;
|
|
|
5229 }
|
|
|
5230 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5231
|
|
221
|
5232 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T));
|
|
7
|
5233 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name;
|
|
|
5234 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
5235 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5236 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5237
|
|
221
|
5238 if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0)
|
|
|
5239 curbuf->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
227
|
5240 if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0)
|
|
|
5241 curbuf->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
221
|
5242
|
|
7
|
5243 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
5244 }
|
|
|
5245
|
|
|
5246 /*
|
|
|
5247 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..]
|
|
|
5248 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]".
|
|
|
5249 */
|
|
|
5250 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5251 static void
|
|
|
5252 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5253 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5254 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5255 {
|
|
|
5256 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5257 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
5258 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
5259 int scl_id;
|
|
|
5260 short *clstr_list;
|
|
|
5261 int got_clstr = FALSE;
|
|
|
5262 int opt_len;
|
|
|
5263 int list_op;
|
|
|
5264
|
|
|
5265 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
5266 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5267 return;
|
|
|
5268
|
|
|
5269 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
5270
|
|
|
5271 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
5272 {
|
|
|
5273 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg))
|
|
221
|
5274 - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
7
|
5275
|
|
|
5276 for (;;)
|
|
|
5277 {
|
|
|
5278 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0
|
|
|
5279 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '='))
|
|
|
5280 {
|
|
|
5281 opt_len = 3;
|
|
|
5282 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD;
|
|
|
5283 }
|
|
|
5284 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0
|
|
|
5285 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '='))
|
|
|
5286 {
|
|
|
5287 opt_len = 6;
|
|
|
5288 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT;
|
|
|
5289 }
|
|
|
5290 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5291 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '='))
|
|
|
5292 {
|
|
|
5293 opt_len = 8;
|
|
|
5294 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE;
|
|
|
5295 }
|
|
|
5296 else
|
|
|
5297 break;
|
|
|
5298
|
|
|
5299 clstr_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5300 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5301 {
|
|
|
5302 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest);
|
|
|
5303 break;
|
|
|
5304 }
|
|
|
5305 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list,
|
|
|
5306 &clstr_list, list_op);
|
|
|
5307 got_clstr = TRUE;
|
|
|
5308 }
|
|
|
5309
|
|
|
5310 if (got_clstr)
|
|
|
5311 {
|
|
745
|
5312 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
5313 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5314 }
|
|
|
5315 }
|
|
|
5316
|
|
|
5317 if (!got_clstr)
|
|
|
5318 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified"));
|
|
|
5319 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
5320 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
5321 }
|
|
|
5322
|
|
|
5323 /*
|
|
|
5324 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array.
|
|
|
5325 */
|
|
|
5326 static void
|
|
|
5327 init_syn_patterns()
|
|
|
5328 {
|
|
|
5329 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T);
|
|
|
5330 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5331 }
|
|
|
5332
|
|
|
5333 /*
|
|
|
5334 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command.
|
|
|
5335 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T.
|
|
|
5336 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error.
|
|
|
5337 */
|
|
|
5338 static char_u *
|
|
|
5339 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci)
|
|
|
5340 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
5341 synpat_T *ci;
|
|
|
5342 {
|
|
|
5343 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5344 int *p;
|
|
|
5345 int idx;
|
|
|
5346 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5347
|
|
|
5348 /* need at least three chars */
|
|
|
5349 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL)
|
|
|
5350 return NULL;
|
|
|
5351
|
|
|
5352 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5353 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5354 {
|
|
|
5355 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5356 return NULL;
|
|
|
5357 }
|
|
|
5358 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5359 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5360 return NULL;
|
|
|
5361
|
|
|
5362 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5363 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5364 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5365 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5366 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5367
|
|
|
5368 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5369 return NULL;
|
|
|
5370 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5371
|
|
|
5372 /*
|
|
|
5373 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset.
|
|
|
5374 */
|
|
|
5375 ++end;
|
|
|
5376 do
|
|
|
5377 {
|
|
|
5378 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
5379 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0)
|
|
|
5380 break;
|
|
|
5381 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5382 {
|
|
|
5383 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]);
|
|
|
5384 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
5385 switch (end[3])
|
|
|
5386 {
|
|
|
5387 case 's': break;
|
|
|
5388 case 'b': break;
|
|
|
5389 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break;
|
|
|
5390 default: idx = -1; break;
|
|
|
5391 }
|
|
|
5392 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5393 {
|
|
|
5394 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx);
|
|
|
5395 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */
|
|
|
5396 {
|
|
|
5397 end += 3;
|
|
|
5398 *p = getdigits(&end);
|
|
|
5399
|
|
|
5400 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */
|
|
|
5401 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF)))
|
|
|
5402 {
|
|
|
5403 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF);
|
|
|
5404 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p;
|
|
|
5405 }
|
|
|
5406 }
|
|
|
5407 else /* yy=x+99 */
|
|
|
5408 {
|
|
|
5409 end += 4;
|
|
|
5410 if (*end == '+')
|
|
|
5411 {
|
|
|
5412 ++end;
|
|
|
5413 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */
|
|
|
5414 }
|
|
|
5415 else if (*end == '-')
|
|
|
5416 {
|
|
|
5417 ++end;
|
|
|
5418 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */
|
|
|
5419 }
|
|
|
5420 }
|
|
|
5421 if (*end != ',')
|
|
|
5422 break;
|
|
|
5423 ++end;
|
|
|
5424 }
|
|
|
5425 }
|
|
|
5426 } while (idx >= 0);
|
|
|
5427
|
|
|
5428 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end))
|
|
|
5429 {
|
|
|
5430 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5431 return NULL;
|
|
|
5432 }
|
|
|
5433 return skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5434 }
|
|
|
5435
|
|
|
5436 /*
|
|
|
5437 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command.
|
|
|
5438 */
|
|
|
5439 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5440 static void
|
|
|
5441 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5442 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5443 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5444 {
|
|
|
5445 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5446 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
5447 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
5448 char_u *next_arg;
|
|
|
5449 int illegal = FALSE;
|
|
|
5450 int finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
5451 long n;
|
|
|
5452 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5453
|
|
|
5454 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5455 {
|
|
|
5456 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5457 return;
|
|
|
5458 }
|
|
|
5459
|
|
|
5460 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5461 {
|
|
|
5462 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start);
|
|
|
5463 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5464 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5465 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start));
|
|
|
5466 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0)
|
|
|
5467 {
|
|
|
5468 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5469 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT;
|
|
|
5470 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg))
|
|
|
5471 {
|
|
|
5472 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg);
|
|
|
5473 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5474 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg,
|
|
|
5475 (int)(arg_end - next_arg));
|
|
|
5476 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5477 }
|
|
|
5478 else if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5479 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment");
|
|
|
5480 }
|
|
|
5481 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0
|
|
|
5482 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5483 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5484 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0)
|
|
|
5485 {
|
|
|
5486 if (key[4] == 'S')
|
|
|
5487 arg_end = key + 6;
|
|
|
5488 else if (key[0] == 'L')
|
|
|
5489 arg_end = key + 11;
|
|
|
5490 else
|
|
|
5491 arg_end = key + 9;
|
|
|
5492 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end))
|
|
|
5493 {
|
|
|
5494 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5495 break;
|
|
|
5496 }
|
|
|
5497 n = getdigits(&arg_end);
|
|
|
5498 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5499 {
|
|
|
5500 if (key[4] == 'B')
|
|
|
5501 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n;
|
|
|
5502 else if (key[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5503 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n;
|
|
|
5504 else
|
|
|
5505 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n;
|
|
|
5506 }
|
|
|
5507 }
|
|
|
5508 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0)
|
|
|
5509 {
|
|
|
5510 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5511 {
|
|
|
5512 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM;
|
|
|
5513 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
5514 }
|
|
|
5515 }
|
|
|
5516 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0)
|
|
|
5517 {
|
|
|
5518 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL)
|
|
|
5519 {
|
|
|
5520 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice"));
|
|
|
5521 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5522 break;
|
|
|
5523 }
|
|
|
5524 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5525 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5526 {
|
|
|
5527 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5528 break;
|
|
|
5529 }
|
|
|
5530
|
|
|
5531 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5532 {
|
|
|
5533 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5534 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1,
|
|
|
5535 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5536 {
|
|
|
5537 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5538 break;
|
|
|
5539 }
|
|
|
5540 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5541
|
|
|
5542 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5543 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5544 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5545 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog =
|
|
|
5546 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5547 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5548
|
|
|
5549 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5550 {
|
|
|
5551 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
5552 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
5553 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5554 break;
|
|
|
5555 }
|
|
|
5556 }
|
|
|
5557 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1);
|
|
|
5558 }
|
|
|
5559 else
|
|
|
5560 {
|
|
|
5561 eap->arg = next_arg;
|
|
|
5562 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0)
|
|
|
5563 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5564 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0)
|
|
|
5565 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5566 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0)
|
|
|
5567 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5568 else
|
|
|
5569 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5570 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5571 break;
|
|
|
5572 }
|
|
|
5573 arg_start = next_arg;
|
|
|
5574 }
|
|
|
5575 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5576 if (illegal)
|
|
|
5577 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start);
|
|
|
5578 else if (!finished)
|
|
|
5579 {
|
|
|
5580 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start);
|
|
745
|
5581 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
5582 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5583 }
|
|
|
5584 }
|
|
|
5585
|
|
|
5586 /*
|
|
|
5587 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers.
|
|
|
5588 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword.
|
|
|
5589 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name.
|
|
|
5590 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added).
|
|
|
5591 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success.
|
|
|
5592 */
|
|
|
5593 static int
|
|
|
5594 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list)
|
|
|
5595 char_u **arg;
|
|
|
5596 int keylen; /* length of keyword */
|
|
|
5597 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not
|
|
|
5598 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */
|
|
|
5599 {
|
|
|
5600 char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
|
5601 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5602 int round;
|
|
|
5603 int count;
|
|
|
5604 int total_count = 0;
|
|
|
5605 short *retval = NULL;
|
|
|
5606 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5607 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
5608 int id;
|
|
|
5609 int i;
|
|
|
5610 int failed = FALSE;
|
|
|
5611
|
|
|
5612 /*
|
|
|
5613 * We parse the list twice:
|
|
|
5614 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array.
|
|
|
5615 * round == 2: fill the array with the items.
|
|
|
5616 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to
|
|
|
5617 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again.
|
|
|
5618 */
|
|
|
5619 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
5620 {
|
|
|
5621 /*
|
|
|
5622 * skip "contains"
|
|
|
5623 */
|
|
|
5624 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen);
|
|
|
5625 if (*p != '=')
|
|
|
5626 {
|
|
|
5627 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5628 break;
|
|
|
5629 }
|
|
|
5630 p = skipwhite(p + 1);
|
|
|
5631 if (ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5632 {
|
|
|
5633 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5634 break;
|
|
|
5635 }
|
|
|
5636
|
|
|
5637 /*
|
|
|
5638 * parse the arguments after "contains"
|
|
|
5639 */
|
|
|
5640 count = 0;
|
|
|
5641 while (!ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5642 {
|
|
|
5643 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end)
|
|
|
5644 ;
|
|
|
5645 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */
|
|
|
5646 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5647 {
|
|
|
5648 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5649 break;
|
|
|
5650 }
|
|
419
|
5651 vim_strncpy(name + 1, p, end - p);
|
|
7
|
5652 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0
|
|
|
5653 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0
|
|
|
5654 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0
|
|
|
5655 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0)
|
|
|
5656 {
|
|
|
5657 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C')
|
|
|
5658 {
|
|
|
5659 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5660 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5661 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5662 break;
|
|
|
5663 }
|
|
|
5664 if (count != 0)
|
|
|
5665 {
|
|
|
5666 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5667 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5668 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5669 break;
|
|
|
5670 }
|
|
|
5671 if (name[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5672 id = SYNID_ALLBUT;
|
|
|
5673 else if (name[1] == 'T')
|
|
|
5674 id = SYNID_TOP;
|
|
|
5675 else
|
|
|
5676 id = SYNID_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
5677 id += current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
5678 }
|
|
|
5679 else if (name[1] == '@')
|
|
|
5680 {
|
|
|
5681 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1));
|
|
|
5682 }
|
|
|
5683 else
|
|
|
5684 {
|
|
|
5685 /*
|
|
|
5686 * Handle full group name.
|
|
|
5687 */
|
|
|
5688 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL)
|
|
|
5689 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
5690 else
|
|
|
5691 {
|
|
|
5692 /*
|
|
|
5693 * Handle match of regexp with group names.
|
|
|
5694 */
|
|
|
5695 *name = '^';
|
|
|
5696 STRCAT(name, "$");
|
|
|
5697 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5698 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
5699 {
|
|
|
5700 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5701 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5702 break;
|
|
|
5703 }
|
|
|
5704
|
|
|
5705 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
5706 id = 0;
|
|
|
5707 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5708 {
|
|
|
5709 if (vim_regexec(®match, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name,
|
|
|
5710 (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
5711 {
|
|
|
5712 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5713 {
|
|
|
5714 /* Got more items than expected; can happen
|
|
|
5715 * when adding items that match:
|
|
|
5716 * "contains=a.*b,axb".
|
|
|
5717 * Go back to first round */
|
|
|
5718 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5719 {
|
|
|
5720 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5721 round = 1;
|
|
|
5722 }
|
|
|
5723 else
|
|
|
5724 retval[count] = i + 1;
|
|
|
5725 }
|
|
|
5726 ++count;
|
|
|
5727 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */
|
|
|
5728 }
|
|
|
5729 }
|
|
|
5730 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
5731 }
|
|
|
5732 }
|
|
|
5733 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5734 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
5735 {
|
|
|
5736 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p);
|
|
|
5737 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5738 break;
|
|
|
5739 }
|
|
|
5740 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
5741 {
|
|
|
5742 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5743 {
|
|
|
5744 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */
|
|
|
5745 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5746 {
|
|
|
5747 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5748 round = 1;
|
|
|
5749 }
|
|
|
5750 else
|
|
|
5751 retval[count] = id;
|
|
|
5752 }
|
|
|
5753 ++count;
|
|
|
5754 }
|
|
|
5755 p = skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5756 if (*p != ',')
|
|
|
5757 break;
|
|
|
5758 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */
|
|
|
5759 }
|
|
|
5760 if (failed)
|
|
|
5761 break;
|
|
|
5762 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
5763 {
|
|
|
5764 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
5765 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5766 break;
|
|
|
5767 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */
|
|
|
5768 total_count = count;
|
|
|
5769 }
|
|
|
5770 }
|
|
|
5771
|
|
|
5772 *arg = p;
|
|
|
5773 if (failed || retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5774 {
|
|
|
5775 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5776 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5777 }
|
|
|
5778
|
|
|
5779 if (*list == NULL)
|
|
|
5780 *list = retval;
|
|
|
5781 else
|
|
|
5782 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */
|
|
|
5783
|
|
|
5784 return OK;
|
|
|
5785 }
|
|
|
5786
|
|
|
5787 /*
|
|
|
5788 * Make a copy of an ID list.
|
|
|
5789 */
|
|
|
5790 static short *
|
|
|
5791 copy_id_list(list)
|
|
|
5792 short *list;
|
|
|
5793 {
|
|
|
5794 int len;
|
|
|
5795 int count;
|
|
|
5796 short *retval;
|
|
|
5797
|
|
|
5798 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5799 return NULL;
|
|
|
5800
|
|
|
5801 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count)
|
|
|
5802 ;
|
|
|
5803 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short);
|
|
|
5804 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
5805 if (retval != NULL)
|
|
|
5806 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
5807
|
|
|
5808 return retval;
|
|
|
5809 }
|
|
|
5810
|
|
|
5811 /*
|
|
|
5812 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si".
|
|
|
5813 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list.
|
|
|
5814 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of
|
|
|
5815 * the current item.
|
|
|
5816 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!!
|
|
|
5817 */
|
|
|
5818 static int
|
|
|
5819 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained)
|
|
|
5820 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */
|
|
|
5821 short *list; /* id list */
|
|
|
5822 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */
|
|
|
5823 int contained; /* group id is contained */
|
|
|
5824 {
|
|
|
5825 int retval;
|
|
|
5826 short *scl_list;
|
|
|
5827 short item;
|
|
|
5828 short id = ssp->id;
|
|
|
5829 static int depth = 0;
|
|
|
5830 int r;
|
|
|
5831
|
|
|
5832 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */
|
|
36
|
5833 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL
|
|
|
5834 && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
7
|
5835 {
|
|
|
5836 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check
|
|
|
5837 * that we don't go back past the first one. */
|
|
|
5838 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT)
|
|
|
5839 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))
|
|
|
5840 --cur_si;
|
|
|
5841 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */
|
|
|
5842 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list,
|
|
|
5843 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn),
|
|
|
5844 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
5845 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5846 }
|
|
|
5847
|
|
|
5848 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5849 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5850
|
|
|
5851 /*
|
|
|
5852 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't
|
|
|
5853 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups.
|
|
|
5854 */
|
|
|
5855 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL)
|
|
|
5856 return !contained;
|
|
|
5857
|
|
|
5858 /*
|
|
|
5859 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the
|
|
|
5860 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include"
|
|
|
5861 * level as the list.
|
|
|
5862 */
|
|
|
5863 item = *list;
|
|
|
5864 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5865 {
|
|
|
5866 if (item < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
5867 {
|
|
|
5868 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5869 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag)
|
|
|
5870 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5871 }
|
|
|
5872 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
5873 {
|
|
|
5874 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5875 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained)
|
|
|
5876 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5877 }
|
|
|
5878 else
|
|
|
5879 {
|
|
|
5880 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5881 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained)
|
|
|
5882 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5883 }
|
|
|
5884 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5885 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5886 }
|
|
|
5887 else
|
|
|
5888 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5889
|
|
|
5890 /*
|
|
|
5891 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list.
|
|
|
5892 */
|
|
|
5893 while (item != 0)
|
|
|
5894 {
|
|
|
5895 if (item == id)
|
|
|
5896 return retval;
|
|
|
5897 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5898 {
|
|
|
5899 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list;
|
|
|
5900 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a
|
|
|
5901 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */
|
|
|
5902 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30)
|
|
|
5903 {
|
|
|
5904 ++depth;
|
|
|
5905 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained);
|
|
|
5906 --depth;
|
|
|
5907 if (r)
|
|
|
5908 return retval;
|
|
|
5909 }
|
|
|
5910 }
|
|
|
5911 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5912 }
|
|
|
5913 return !retval;
|
|
|
5914 }
|
|
|
5915
|
|
|
5916 struct subcommand
|
|
|
5917 {
|
|
|
5918 char *name; /* subcommand name */
|
|
|
5919 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */
|
|
|
5920 };
|
|
|
5921
|
|
|
5922 static struct subcommand subcommands[] =
|
|
|
5923 {
|
|
|
5924 {"case", syn_cmd_case},
|
|
|
5925 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear},
|
|
|
5926 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster},
|
|
|
5927 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable},
|
|
|
5928 {"include", syn_cmd_include},
|
|
|
5929 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword},
|
|
|
5930 {"list", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5931 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual},
|
|
|
5932 {"match", syn_cmd_match},
|
|
|
5933 {"on", syn_cmd_on},
|
|
|
5934 {"off", syn_cmd_off},
|
|
|
5935 {"region", syn_cmd_region},
|
|
|
5936 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset},
|
|
419
|
5937 {"spell", syn_cmd_spell},
|
|
7
|
5938 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync},
|
|
|
5939 {"", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5940 {NULL, NULL}
|
|
|
5941 };
|
|
|
5942
|
|
|
5943 /*
|
|
|
5944 * ":syntax".
|
|
|
5945 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a
|
|
|
5946 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest.
|
|
|
5947 */
|
|
|
5948 void
|
|
|
5949 ex_syntax(eap)
|
|
|
5950 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5951 {
|
|
|
5952 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5953 char_u *subcmd_end;
|
|
|
5954 char_u *subcmd_name;
|
|
|
5955 int i;
|
|
|
5956
|
|
|
5957 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep;
|
|
|
5958
|
|
|
5959 /* isolate subcommand name */
|
|
|
5960 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end)
|
|
|
5961 ;
|
|
|
5962 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg));
|
|
|
5963 if (subcmd_name != NULL)
|
|
|
5964 {
|
|
|
5965 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */
|
|
|
5966 ++emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5967 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
|
5968 {
|
|
|
5969 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL)
|
|
|
5970 {
|
|
|
5971 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5972 break;
|
|
|
5973 }
|
|
|
5974 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
5975 {
|
|
|
5976 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end);
|
|
|
5977 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE);
|
|
|
5978 break;
|
|
|
5979 }
|
|
|
5980 }
|
|
|
5981 vim_free(subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5982 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5983 --emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5984 }
|
|
|
5985 }
|
|
|
5986
|
|
|
5987 int
|
|
|
5988 syntax_present(buf)
|
|
|
5989 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
5990 {
|
|
|
5991 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0
|
|
|
5992 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0
|
|
1379
|
5993 || buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|
5994 || buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
7
|
5995 }
|
|
|
5996
|
|
|
5997 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5998
|
|
|
5999 static enum
|
|
|
6000 {
|
|
|
6001 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */
|
|
|
6002 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */
|
|
|
6003 } expand_what;
|
|
|
6004
|
|
1322
|
6005 /*
|
|
|
6006 * Reset include_link, include_default, include_none to 0.
|
|
|
6007 * Called when we are done expanding.
|
|
|
6008 */
|
|
|
6009 void
|
|
|
6010 reset_expand_highlight()
|
|
|
6011 {
|
|
|
6012 include_link = include_default = include_none = 0;
|
|
|
6013 }
|
|
|
6014
|
|
|
6015 /*
|
|
|
6016 * Handle command line completion for :match and :echohl command: Add "None"
|
|
|
6017 * as highlight group.
|
|
|
6018 */
|
|
|
6019 void
|
|
|
6020 set_context_in_echohl_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
6021 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
6022 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
6023 {
|
|
|
6024 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
6025 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
6026 include_none = 1;
|
|
|
6027 }
|
|
7
|
6028
|
|
|
6029 /*
|
|
|
6030 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command.
|
|
|
6031 */
|
|
|
6032 void
|
|
|
6033 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
6034 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
6035 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
6036 {
|
|
|
6037 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6038
|
|
|
6039 /* Default: expand subcommands */
|
|
|
6040 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX;
|
|
|
6041 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
|
|
|
6042 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
1322
|
6043 include_link = 0;
|
|
|
6044 include_default = 0;
|
|
7
|
6045
|
|
|
6046 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
6047 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
6048 {
|
|
|
6049 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
6050 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */
|
|
|
6051 {
|
|
|
6052 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
6053 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
|
|
|
6054 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
6055 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
6056 expand_what = EXP_CASE;
|
|
|
6057 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
6058 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
6059 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
6060 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
6061 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
6062 else
|
|
|
6063 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
6064 }
|
|
|
6065 }
|
|
|
6066 }
|
|
|
6067
|
|
|
6068 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL};
|
|
|
6069
|
|
|
6070 /*
|
|
|
6071 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for
|
|
|
6072 * expansion.
|
|
|
6073 */
|
|
|
6074 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
6075 char_u *
|
|
|
6076 get_syntax_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
6077 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
6078 int idx;
|
|
|
6079 {
|
|
|
6080 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD)
|
|
|
6081 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name;
|
|
|
6082 return (char_u *)case_args[idx];
|
|
|
6083 }
|
|
|
6084
|
|
|
6085 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
6086
|
|
|
6087 /*
|
|
|
6088 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position.
|
|
|
6089 */
|
|
|
6090 int
|
|
1504
|
6091 syn_get_id(wp, lnum, col, trans, spellp, keep_state)
|
|
499
|
6092 win_T *wp;
|
|
7
|
6093 long lnum;
|
|
253
|
6094 colnr_T col;
|
|
1504
|
6095 int trans; /* remove transparancy */
|
|
|
6096 int *spellp; /* return: can do spell checking */
|
|
|
6097 int keep_state; /* keep state of char at "col" */
|
|
7
|
6098 {
|
|
|
6099 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same
|
|
|
6100 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */
|
|
499
|
6101 if (wp->w_buffer != syn_buf
|
|
7
|
6102 || lnum != current_lnum
|
|
253
|
6103 || col < current_col)
|
|
499
|
6104 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
|
|
7
|
6105
|
|
1504
|
6106 (void)get_syntax_attr(col, spellp, keep_state);
|
|
7
|
6107
|
|
|
6108 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id);
|
|
|
6109 }
|
|
|
6110
|
|
1500
|
6111 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6112 /*
|
|
|
6113 * Return the syntax ID at position "i" in the current stack.
|
|
|
6114 * The caller must have called syn_get_id() before to fill the stack.
|
|
|
6115 * Returns -1 when "i" is out of range.
|
|
|
6116 */
|
|
|
6117 int
|
|
|
6118 syn_get_stack_item(i)
|
|
|
6119 int i;
|
|
|
6120 {
|
|
1504
|
6121 if (i >= current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
6122 {
|
|
|
6123 /* Need to invalidate the state, because we didn't properly finish it
|
|
|
6124 * for the last character, "keep_state" was TRUE. */
|
|
|
6125 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
6126 current_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
1500
|
6127 return -1;
|
|
1504
|
6128 }
|
|
1500
|
6129 return CUR_STATE(i).si_id;
|
|
|
6130 }
|
|
|
6131 #endif
|
|
|
6132
|
|
7
|
6133 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6134 /*
|
|
|
6135 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp".
|
|
|
6136 */
|
|
|
6137 int
|
|
|
6138 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
6139 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
6140 long lnum;
|
|
|
6141 {
|
|
|
6142 int level = 0;
|
|
|
6143 int i;
|
|
|
6144
|
|
|
6145 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */
|
|
|
6146 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0)
|
|
|
6147 {
|
|
|
6148 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
6149
|
|
|
6150 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
6151 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
6152 ++level;
|
|
|
6153 }
|
|
|
6154 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn)
|
|
1028
|
6155 {
|
|
7
|
6156 level = wp->w_p_fdn;
|
|
1028
|
6157 if (level < 0)
|
|
|
6158 level = 0;
|
|
|
6159 }
|
|
7
|
6160 return level;
|
|
|
6161 }
|
|
|
6162 #endif
|
|
|
6163
|
|
|
6164 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
6165
|
|
|
6166
|
|
|
6167 /**************************************
|
|
|
6168 * Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
6169 **************************************/
|
|
|
6170
|
|
|
6171 /*
|
|
|
6172 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and
|
|
|
6173 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found.
|
|
|
6174 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim!
|
|
806
|
6175 * The #ifdefs are needed to reduce the amount of static data. Helps to make
|
|
|
6176 * the 16 bit DOS (museum) version compile.
|
|
7
|
6177 */
|
|
809
|
6178 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6179 # define CENT(a, b) b
|
|
|
6180 #else
|
|
|
6181 # define CENT(a, b) a
|
|
|
6182 #endif
|
|
7
|
6183 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) =
|
|
|
6184 {
|
|
809
|
6185 CENT("ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White",
|
|
|
6186 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White"),
|
|
1161
|
6187 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
|
|
809
|
6188 CENT("IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse",
|
|
|
6189 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
|
1161
|
6190 #endif
|
|
809
|
6191 CENT("ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold",
|
|
|
6192 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
|
|
|
6193 CENT("NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue",
|
|
|
6194 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue"),
|
|
|
6195 CENT("StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold",
|
|
|
6196 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold"),
|
|
|
6197 CENT("StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse",
|
|
|
6198 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
|
806
|
6199 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
809
|
6200 CENT("VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse",
|
|
|
6201 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
|
806
|
6202 #endif
|
|
|
6203 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
|
|
809
|
6204 CENT("VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold",
|
|
|
6205 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold"),
|
|
806
|
6206 #endif
|
|
|
6207 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
809
|
6208 CENT("DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red",
|
|
|
6209 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red"),
|
|
806
|
6210 #endif
|
|
|
6211 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
809
|
6212 CENT("PmenuThumb cterm=reverse",
|
|
|
6213 "PmenuThumb cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
|
|
6214 CENT("PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey",
|
|
|
6215 "PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey guibg=Grey"),
|
|
806
|
6216 #endif
|
|
|
6217 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
809
|
6218 CENT("TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold",
|
|
|
6219 "TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
|
|
|
6220 CENT("TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse",
|
|
|
6221 "TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
|
|
806
|
6222 #endif
|
|
7
|
6223 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6224 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg",
|
|
809
|
6225 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */
|
|
7
|
6226 #endif
|
|
|
6227 NULL
|
|
|
6228 };
|
|
|
6229
|
|
|
6230 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) =
|
|
|
6231 {
|
|
809
|
6232 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6233 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
|
|
|
6234 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown",
|
|
|
6235 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown"),
|
|
|
6236 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen",
|
|
|
6237 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
|
|
|
6238 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen",
|
|
|
6239 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
|
|
|
6240 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE",
|
|
|
6241 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE"),
|
|
806
|
6242 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
809
|
6243 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed",
|
|
|
6244 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
|
|
|
6245 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue",
|
|
|
6246 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
|
|
|
6247 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6248 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
|
|
|
6249 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6250 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl"),
|
|
806
|
6251 #endif
|
|
|
6252 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
809
|
6253 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6254 "Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
|
|
|
6255 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey",
|
|
|
6256 "PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey"),
|
|
806
|
6257 #endif
|
|
809
|
6258 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6259 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
|
|
|
6260 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta",
|
|
|
6261 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
|
|
|
6262 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed",
|
|
|
6263 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red"),
|
|
806
|
6264 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
|
|
809
|
6265 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
|
|
|
6266 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
|
|
806
|
6267 #endif
|
|
|
6268 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
809
|
6269 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6270 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue"),
|
|
|
6271 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6272 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
|
|
806
|
6273 #endif
|
|
|
6274 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
809
|
6275 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6276 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
|
|
806
|
6277 #endif
|
|
|
6278 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
836
|
6279 CENT("Visual term=reverse",
|
|
|
6280 "Visual term=reverse guibg=LightGrey"),
|
|
806
|
6281 #endif
|
|
|
6282 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
809
|
6283 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue",
|
|
|
6284 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue"),
|
|
|
6285 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6286 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
|
|
|
6287 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan",
|
|
|
6288 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan"),
|
|
806
|
6289 #endif
|
|
|
6290 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
809
|
6291 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey",
|
|
|
6292 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey gui=underline guibg=LightGrey"),
|
|
806
|
6293 #endif
|
|
|
6294 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
809
|
6295 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey",
|
|
818
|
6296 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey90"),
|
|
809
|
6297 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
|
|
818
|
6298 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey90"),
|
|
806
|
6299 #endif
|
|
834
|
6300 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6301 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6302 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan guibg=Cyan"),
|
|
|
6303 #endif
|
|
806
|
6304 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7
|
6305 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
806
|
6306 #endif
|
|
7
|
6307 NULL
|
|
|
6308 };
|
|
|
6309
|
|
|
6310 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) =
|
|
|
6311 {
|
|
809
|
6312 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan",
|
|
|
6313 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan"),
|
|
|
6314 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow",
|
|
|
6315 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow"),
|
|
|
6316 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen",
|
|
|
6317 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
|
|
|
6318 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen",
|
|
|
6319 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green"),
|
|
|
6320 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
|
|
|
6321 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
|
|
|
6322 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue",
|
|
|
6323 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan"),
|
|
806
|
6324 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
809
|
6325 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red",
|
|
|
6326 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
|
|
|
6327 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue",
|
|
|
6328 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
|
|
|
6329 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta",
|
|
|
6330 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
|
|
|
6331 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6332 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl"),
|
|
806
|
6333 #endif
|
|
|
6334 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
809
|
6335 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta",
|
|
|
6336 "Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta guibg=Magenta"),
|
|
|
6337 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey",
|
|
|
6338 "PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=DarkGrey"),
|
|
806
|
6339 #endif
|
|
809
|
6340 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
6341 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
|
|
|
6342 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed",
|
|
|
6343 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red"),
|
|
806
|
6344 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
|
|
809
|
6345 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
|
|
|
6346 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
|
|
806
|
6347 #endif
|
|
|
6348 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
809
|
6349 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6350 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan"),
|
|
|
6351 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6352 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
|
|
806
|
6353 #endif
|
|
|
6354 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
809
|
6355 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
|
|
|
6356 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
|
|
806
|
6357 #endif
|
|
|
6358 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
836
|
6359 CENT("Visual term=reverse",
|
|
|
6360 "Visual term=reverse guibg=DarkGrey"),
|
|
806
|
6361 #endif
|
|
|
6362 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
809
|
6363 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
6364 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue"),
|
|
|
6365 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta",
|
|
|
6366 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta"),
|
|
|
6367 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan",
|
|
|
6368 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan"),
|
|
806
|
6369 #endif
|
|
|
6370 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
809
|
6371 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey",
|
|
|
6372 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey gui=underline guibg=DarkGrey"),
|
|
806
|
6373 #endif
|
|
|
6374 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
809
|
6375 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey",
|
|
834
|
6376 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=Grey40"),
|
|
809
|
6377 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
|
|
834
|
6378 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey40"),
|
|
|
6379 #endif
|
|
|
6380 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6381 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan",
|
|
|
6382 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan guibg=DarkCyan"),
|
|
806
|
6383 #endif
|
|
|
6384 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7
|
6385 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
806
|
6386 #endif
|
|
7
|
6387 NULL
|
|
|
6388 };
|
|
|
6389
|
|
|
6390 void
|
|
|
6391 init_highlight(both, reset)
|
|
|
6392 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */
|
|
|
6393 int reset; /* clear group first */
|
|
|
6394 {
|
|
|
6395 int i;
|
|
|
6396 char **pp;
|
|
|
6397 static int had_both = FALSE;
|
|
|
6398 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6399 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6400
|
|
|
6401 /*
|
|
|
6402 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded
|
|
|
6403 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed.
|
|
|
6404 */
|
|
|
6405 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name");
|
|
|
6406 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK)
|
|
|
6407 return;
|
|
|
6408 #endif
|
|
|
6409
|
|
|
6410 /*
|
|
|
6411 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors.
|
|
|
6412 */
|
|
|
6413 if (both)
|
|
|
6414 {
|
|
|
6415 had_both = TRUE;
|
|
|
6416 pp = highlight_init_both;
|
|
|
6417 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6418 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6419 }
|
|
|
6420 else if (!had_both)
|
|
|
6421 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main().
|
|
|
6422 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule
|
|
|
6423 * everything anyway. */
|
|
|
6424 return;
|
|
|
6425
|
|
|
6426 if (*p_bg == 'l')
|
|
|
6427 pp = highlight_init_light;
|
|
|
6428 else
|
|
|
6429 pp = highlight_init_dark;
|
|
|
6430 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6431 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6432
|
|
836
|
6433 /* Reverse looks ugly, but grey may not work for 8 colors. Thus let it
|
|
844
|
6434 * depend on the number of colors available.
|
|
|
6435 * With 8 colors brown is equal to yellow, need to use black for Search fg
|
|
|
6436 * to avoid Statement highlighted text disappears. */
|
|
527
|
6437 if (t_colors > 8)
|
|
|
6438 do_highlight((char_u *)(*p_bg == 'l' ? "Visual ctermbg=LightGrey"
|
|
838
|
6439 : "Visual ctermbg=DarkGrey"), FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
836
|
6440 else
|
|
844
|
6441 {
|
|
838
|
6442 do_highlight((char_u *)"Visual cterm=reverse", FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
844
|
6443 if (*p_bg == 'l')
|
|
|
6444 do_highlight((char_u *)"Search ctermfg=black", FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6445 }
|
|
527
|
6446
|
|
7
|
6447 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6448 /*
|
|
|
6449 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it.
|
|
|
6450 */
|
|
|
6451 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL)
|
|
24
|
6452 {
|
|
|
6453 static int recursive = 0;
|
|
|
6454
|
|
|
6455 if (recursive >= 5)
|
|
|
6456 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim"));
|
|
|
6457 else
|
|
|
6458 {
|
|
|
6459 ++recursive;
|
|
480
|
6460 (void)source_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE);
|
|
24
|
6461 --recursive;
|
|
|
6462 }
|
|
|
6463 }
|
|
7
|
6464 #endif
|
|
|
6465 }
|
|
|
6466
|
|
|
6467 /*
|
|
12
|
6468 * Load color file "name".
|
|
7
|
6469 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
|
|
|
6470 */
|
|
|
6471 int
|
|
12
|
6472 load_colors(name)
|
|
|
6473 char_u *name;
|
|
7
|
6474 {
|
|
|
6475 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
6476 int retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
6477 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6478
|
|
|
6479 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting
|
|
|
6480 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is
|
|
|
6481 * working, thus we should return OK. */
|
|
|
6482 if (recursive)
|
|
|
6483 return OK;
|
|
|
6484
|
|
|
6485 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
12
|
6486 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12));
|
|
7
|
6487 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
6488 {
|
|
12
|
6489 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name);
|
|
480
|
6490 retval = source_runtime(buf, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
6491 vim_free(buf);
|
|
12
|
6492 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6493 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
6494 #endif
|
|
7
|
6495 }
|
|
|
6496 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6497
|
|
|
6498 return retval;
|
|
|
6499 }
|
|
|
6500
|
|
|
6501 /*
|
|
|
6502 * Handle the ":highlight .." command.
|
|
|
6503 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with
|
|
|
6504 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE.
|
|
|
6505 */
|
|
|
6506 void
|
|
|
6507 do_highlight(line, forceit, init)
|
|
|
6508 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6509 int forceit;
|
|
|
6510 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */
|
|
|
6511 {
|
|
|
6512 char_u *name_end;
|
|
|
6513 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6514 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
6515 char_u *key_start;
|
|
|
6516 char_u *arg_start;
|
|
|
6517 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL;
|
|
|
6518 long i;
|
|
|
6519 int off;
|
|
|
6520 int len;
|
|
|
6521 int attr;
|
|
|
6522 int id;
|
|
|
6523 int idx;
|
|
|
6524 int dodefault = FALSE;
|
|
|
6525 int doclear = FALSE;
|
|
|
6526 int dolink = FALSE;
|
|
|
6527 int error = FALSE;
|
|
|
6528 int color;
|
|
|
6529 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */
|
|
|
6530 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6531 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */
|
|
|
6532 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */
|
|
|
6533 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */
|
|
|
6534 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */
|
|
|
6535 #else
|
|
|
6536 # define is_menu_group 0
|
|
|
6537 # define is_tooltip_group 0
|
|
|
6538 #endif
|
|
|
6539
|
|
|
6540 /*
|
|
|
6541 * If no argument, list current highlighting.
|
|
|
6542 */
|
|
|
6543 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6544 {
|
|
|
6545 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
|
|
|
6546 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */
|
|
|
6547 highlight_list_one((int)i);
|
|
|
6548 return;
|
|
|
6549 }
|
|
|
6550
|
|
|
6551 /*
|
|
|
6552 * Isolate the name.
|
|
|
6553 */
|
|
|
6554 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6555 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6556
|
|
|
6557 /*
|
|
|
6558 * Check for "default" argument.
|
|
|
6559 */
|
|
|
6560 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6561 {
|
|
|
6562 dodefault = TRUE;
|
|
|
6563 line = linep;
|
|
|
6564 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6565 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6566 }
|
|
|
6567
|
|
|
6568 /*
|
|
|
6569 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument.
|
|
|
6570 */
|
|
|
6571 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6572 doclear = TRUE;
|
|
|
6573 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6574 dolink = TRUE;
|
|
|
6575
|
|
|
6576 /*
|
|
|
6577 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
6578 */
|
|
|
6579 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6580 {
|
|
|
6581 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6582 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
6583 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line);
|
|
|
6584 else
|
|
|
6585 highlight_list_one(id);
|
|
|
6586 return;
|
|
|
6587 }
|
|
|
6588
|
|
|
6589 /*
|
|
|
6590 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command.
|
|
|
6591 */
|
|
|
6592 if (dolink)
|
|
|
6593 {
|
|
|
6594 char_u *from_start = linep;
|
|
|
6595 char_u *from_end;
|
|
|
6596 char_u *to_start;
|
|
|
6597 char_u *to_end;
|
|
|
6598 int from_id;
|
|
|
6599 int to_id;
|
|
|
6600
|
|
|
6601 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start);
|
|
|
6602 to_start = skipwhite(from_end);
|
|
|
6603 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start);
|
|
|
6604
|
|
|
6605 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start))
|
|
|
6606 {
|
|
|
6607 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""),
|
|
|
6608 from_start);
|
|
|
6609 return;
|
|
|
6610 }
|
|
|
6611
|
|
|
6612 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end)))
|
|
|
6613 {
|
|
|
6614 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start);
|
|
|
6615 return;
|
|
|
6616 }
|
|
|
6617
|
|
|
6618 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start));
|
|
|
6619 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6620 to_id = 0;
|
|
|
6621 else
|
|
|
6622 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start));
|
|
|
6623
|
|
|
6624 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0))
|
|
|
6625 {
|
|
|
6626 /*
|
|
|
6627 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting
|
|
|
6628 * for the group, unless '!' is used
|
|
|
6629 */
|
|
|
6630 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init
|
|
|
6631 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault))
|
|
|
6632 {
|
|
|
6633 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault)
|
|
|
6634 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored"));
|
|
|
6635 }
|
|
|
6636 else
|
|
|
6637 {
|
|
|
6638 if (!init)
|
|
|
6639 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK;
|
|
|
6640 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id;
|
|
448
|
6641 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6642 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
|
|
|
6643 #endif
|
|
745
|
6644 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID);
|
|
7
|
6645 }
|
|
|
6646 }
|
|
|
6647
|
|
|
6648 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
6649 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
6650
|
|
|
6651 return;
|
|
|
6652 }
|
|
|
6653
|
|
|
6654 if (doclear)
|
|
|
6655 {
|
|
|
6656 /*
|
|
|
6657 * ":highlight clear [group]" command.
|
|
|
6658 */
|
|
|
6659 line = linep;
|
|
|
6660 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6661 {
|
|
|
6662 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6663 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new
|
|
|
6664 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values.
|
|
|
6665 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values
|
|
|
6666 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but
|
|
|
6667 * invalid because they were free'd.
|
|
|
6668 */
|
|
|
6669 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6670 {
|
|
|
6671 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
6672 gui_init_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
6673 # endif
|
|
|
6674 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF))
|
|
|
6675 gui_init_menu_font();
|
|
|
6676 # endif
|
|
|
6677 }
|
|
|
6678 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11)
|
|
|
6679 gui_mch_def_colors();
|
|
|
6680 # endif
|
|
|
6681 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6682 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6683
|
|
|
6684 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight
|
|
|
6685 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case.
|
|
|
6686 */
|
|
|
6687 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
6688 # endif
|
|
|
6689 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6690 {
|
|
|
6691 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
6692 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
6693 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
6694 # endif
|
|
|
6695 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6696 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
6697 # endif
|
|
|
6698 }
|
|
|
6699 # endif
|
|
|
6700
|
|
|
6701 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items.
|
|
|
6702 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point.
|
|
|
6703 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data.
|
|
|
6704 */
|
|
|
6705 #endif
|
|
|
6706 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
148
|
6707 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
6708 #endif
|
|
|
6709 restore_cterm_colors();
|
|
|
6710
|
|
|
6711 /*
|
|
|
6712 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults.
|
|
|
6713 */
|
|
|
6714 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
6715 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6716 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6717 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6718 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6719 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
6720 #endif
|
|
|
6721 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
6722 redraw_later_clear();
|
|
|
6723 return;
|
|
|
6724 }
|
|
|
6725 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6726 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6727 }
|
|
|
6728
|
|
|
6729 /*
|
|
|
6730 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it.
|
|
|
6731 */
|
|
|
6732 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6733 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */
|
|
|
6734 return;
|
|
|
6735 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
6736
|
|
|
6737 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */
|
|
|
6738 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE))
|
|
|
6739 return;
|
|
|
6740
|
|
|
6741 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
6742 is_normal_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6743 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6744 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0)
|
|
|
6745 is_menu_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6746 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0)
|
|
|
6747 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6748 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0)
|
|
|
6749 is_tooltip_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6750 #endif
|
|
|
6751
|
|
|
6752 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */
|
|
|
6753 if (doclear || (forceit && init))
|
|
|
6754 {
|
|
|
6755 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6756 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6757 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0;
|
|
|
6758 }
|
|
|
6759
|
|
|
6760 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6761 while (!ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6762 {
|
|
|
6763 key_start = linep;
|
|
|
6764 if (*linep == '=')
|
|
|
6765 {
|
|
|
6766 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6767 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6768 break;
|
|
|
6769 }
|
|
|
6770
|
|
|
6771 /*
|
|
|
6772 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or
|
|
|
6773 * "guibg").
|
|
|
6774 */
|
|
|
6775 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=')
|
|
|
6776 ++linep;
|
|
|
6777 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
6778 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start));
|
|
|
6779 if (key == NULL)
|
|
|
6780 {
|
|
|
6781 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6782 break;
|
|
|
6783 }
|
|
|
6784 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6785
|
|
|
6786 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
6787 {
|
|
|
6788 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0)
|
|
|
6789 {
|
|
|
6790 if (!init)
|
|
|
6791 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6792 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6793 }
|
|
|
6794 continue;
|
|
|
6795 }
|
|
|
6796
|
|
|
6797 /*
|
|
|
6798 * Check for the equal sign.
|
|
|
6799 */
|
|
|
6800 if (*linep != '=')
|
|
|
6801 {
|
|
|
6802 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6803 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6804 break;
|
|
|
6805 }
|
|
|
6806 ++linep;
|
|
|
6807
|
|
|
6808 /*
|
|
|
6809 * Isolate the argument.
|
|
|
6810 */
|
|
|
6811 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6812 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */
|
|
|
6813 {
|
|
|
6814 arg_start = ++linep;
|
|
|
6815 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\'');
|
|
|
6816 if (linep == NULL)
|
|
|
6817 {
|
|
|
6818 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start);
|
|
|
6819 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6820 break;
|
|
|
6821 }
|
|
|
6822 }
|
|
|
6823 else
|
|
|
6824 {
|
|
|
6825 arg_start = linep;
|
|
|
6826 linep = skiptowhite(linep);
|
|
|
6827 }
|
|
|
6828 if (linep == arg_start)
|
|
|
6829 {
|
|
|
6830 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6831 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6832 break;
|
|
|
6833 }
|
|
|
6834 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
6835 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start));
|
|
|
6836 if (arg == NULL)
|
|
|
6837 {
|
|
|
6838 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6839 break;
|
|
|
6840 }
|
|
|
6841 if (*linep == '\'')
|
|
|
6842 ++linep;
|
|
|
6843
|
|
|
6844 /*
|
|
|
6845 * Store the argument.
|
|
|
6846 */
|
|
|
6847 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0
|
|
|
6848 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0
|
|
|
6849 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0)
|
|
|
6850 {
|
|
|
6851 attr = 0;
|
|
|
6852 off = 0;
|
|
|
6853 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
6854 {
|
|
|
6855 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6856 {
|
|
|
6857 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
6858 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0)
|
|
|
6859 {
|
|
|
6860 attr |= hl_attr_table[i];
|
|
|
6861 off += len;
|
|
|
6862 break;
|
|
|
6863 }
|
|
|
6864 }
|
|
|
6865 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
6866 {
|
|
|
6867 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
6868 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6869 break;
|
|
|
6870 }
|
|
|
6871 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
6872 ++off;
|
|
|
6873 }
|
|
|
6874 if (error)
|
|
|
6875 break;
|
|
|
6876 if (*key == 'T')
|
|
|
6877 {
|
|
|
6878 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM))
|
|
|
6879 {
|
|
|
6880 if (!init)
|
|
|
6881 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
6882 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr;
|
|
|
6883 }
|
|
|
6884 }
|
|
|
6885 else if (*key == 'C')
|
|
|
6886 {
|
|
|
6887 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6888 {
|
|
|
6889 if (!init)
|
|
|
6890 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6891 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr;
|
|
|
6892 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6893 }
|
|
|
6894 }
|
|
|
6895 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6896 else
|
|
|
6897 {
|
|
|
6898 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6899 {
|
|
|
6900 if (!init)
|
|
|
6901 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6902 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr;
|
|
|
6903 }
|
|
|
6904 }
|
|
|
6905 #endif
|
|
|
6906 }
|
|
|
6907 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0)
|
|
|
6908 {
|
|
|
6909 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6910 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6911 if (!gui.shell_created)
|
|
|
6912 {
|
|
|
6913 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */
|
|
|
6914 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6915 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6916 }
|
|
|
6917 else
|
|
|
6918 {
|
|
|
6919 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
6920 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6921 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6922 # endif
|
|
|
6923 /* First, save the current font/fontset.
|
|
|
6924 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset.
|
|
|
6925 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR
|
|
|
6926 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively.
|
|
|
6927 */
|
|
|
6928
|
|
|
6929 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
6930 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6931 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
6932 # endif
|
|
|
6933 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group,
|
|
|
6934 is_tooltip_group);
|
|
|
6935
|
|
|
6936 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6937 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
6938 {
|
|
|
6939 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6940 * one.
|
|
|
6941 */
|
|
|
6942 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset);
|
|
|
6943 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6944 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6945 }
|
|
|
6946 else
|
|
|
6947 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6948 # endif
|
|
|
6949 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
6950 {
|
|
|
6951 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6952 * one.
|
|
|
6953 */
|
|
|
6954 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font);
|
|
|
6955 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6956 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6957 }
|
|
|
6958 else
|
|
|
6959 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font;
|
|
|
6960 }
|
|
|
6961 #endif
|
|
|
6962 }
|
|
|
6963 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0)
|
|
|
6964 {
|
|
|
6965 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6966 {
|
|
|
6967 if (!init)
|
|
|
6968 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6969
|
|
|
6970 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold"
|
|
|
6971 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */
|
|
|
6972 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold)
|
|
|
6973 {
|
|
|
6974 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6975 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6976 }
|
|
|
6977
|
|
|
6978 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
|
|
|
6979 color = atoi((char *)arg);
|
|
|
6980 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0)
|
|
|
6981 {
|
|
|
6982 if (cterm_normal_fg_color)
|
|
|
6983 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6984 else
|
|
|
6985 {
|
|
|
6986 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6987 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6988 break;
|
|
|
6989 }
|
|
|
6990 }
|
|
|
6991 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0)
|
|
|
6992 {
|
|
|
6993 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
|
|
|
6994 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6995 else
|
|
|
6996 {
|
|
|
6997 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6998 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6999 break;
|
|
|
7000 }
|
|
|
7001 }
|
|
|
7002 else
|
|
|
7003 {
|
|
|
7004 static char *(color_names[28]) = {
|
|
|
7005 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan",
|
|
|
7006 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow",
|
|
|
7007 "Gray", "Grey",
|
|
|
7008 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey",
|
|
|
7009 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen",
|
|
|
7010 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta",
|
|
|
7011 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"};
|
|
|
7012 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3,
|
|
|
7013 4, 5, 6, 6,
|
|
|
7014 7, 7,
|
|
|
7015 7, 7, 8, 8,
|
|
|
7016 9, 9, 10, 10,
|
|
|
7017 11, 11, 12, 12, 13,
|
|
|
7018 13, 14, 14, 15, -1};
|
|
|
7019 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */
|
|
|
7020 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
7021 1, 5, 32, 72,
|
|
|
7022 84, 84,
|
|
|
7023 7, 7, 82, 82,
|
|
|
7024 12, 43, 10, 61,
|
|
|
7025 14, 63, 9, 74, 13,
|
|
|
7026 75, 11, 78, 15, -1};
|
|
|
7027 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */
|
|
|
7028 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
7029 1, 5, 130, 130,
|
|
|
7030 248, 248,
|
|
|
7031 7, 7, 242, 242,
|
|
|
7032 12, 81, 10, 121,
|
|
|
7033 14, 159, 9, 224, 13,
|
|
|
7034 225, 11, 229, 15, -1};
|
|
|
7035 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */
|
|
|
7036 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
7037 1, 5, 3, 3,
|
|
|
7038 7, 7,
|
|
|
7039 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8,
|
|
|
7040 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8,
|
|
|
7041 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8,
|
|
|
7042 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1};
|
|
|
7043 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
7044 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8;
|
|
|
7045 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */
|
|
|
7046 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
7047 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16;
|
|
|
7048 #endif
|
|
|
7049
|
|
|
7050 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */
|
|
|
7051 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg);
|
|
|
7052 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
7053 if (off == color_names[i][0]
|
|
|
7054 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
7055 break;
|
|
|
7056 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
7057 {
|
|
|
7058 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
7059 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7060 break;
|
|
|
7061 }
|
|
|
7062
|
|
|
7063 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */
|
|
|
7064 color = color_numbers_16[i];
|
|
|
7065 if (color >= 0)
|
|
|
7066 {
|
|
|
7067 if (t_colors == 8)
|
|
|
7068 {
|
|
|
7069 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */
|
|
|
7070 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
7071 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i];
|
|
|
7072 #else
|
|
|
7073 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
7074 #endif
|
|
|
7075 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
7076 {
|
|
|
7077 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground
|
|
|
7078 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */
|
|
|
7079 if (color & 8)
|
|
|
7080 {
|
|
|
7081 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
7082 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE;
|
|
|
7083 }
|
|
|
7084 else
|
|
|
7085 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
7086 }
|
|
|
7087 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */
|
|
|
7088 }
|
|
|
7089 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88
|
|
|
7090 || t_colors == 256)
|
|
|
7091 {
|
|
|
7092 /*
|
|
|
7093 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is
|
|
|
7094 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed
|
|
|
7095 * order for colors.
|
|
|
7096 */
|
|
|
7097 if (*T_CAF != NUL)
|
|
|
7098 p = T_CAF;
|
|
|
7099 else
|
|
|
7100 p = T_CSF;
|
|
|
7101 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm')
|
|
|
7102 switch (t_colors)
|
|
|
7103 {
|
|
|
7104 case 16:
|
|
|
7105 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
7106 break;
|
|
|
7107 case 88:
|
|
|
7108 color = color_numbers_88[i];
|
|
|
7109 break;
|
|
|
7110 case 256:
|
|
|
7111 color = color_numbers_256[i];
|
|
|
7112 break;
|
|
|
7113 }
|
|
|
7114 }
|
|
|
7115 }
|
|
|
7116 }
|
|
|
7117 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */
|
|
|
7118 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
7119 {
|
|
|
7120 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1;
|
|
|
7121 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
7122 {
|
|
|
7123 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
7124 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD);
|
|
|
7125 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7126 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
7127 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
7128 #endif
|
|
|
7129 {
|
|
|
7130 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7131 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
7132 term_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
7133 }
|
|
|
7134 }
|
|
|
7135 }
|
|
|
7136 else
|
|
|
7137 {
|
|
|
7138 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1;
|
|
|
7139 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
7140 {
|
|
|
7141 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
7142 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7143 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
7144 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
7145 #endif
|
|
|
7146 {
|
|
|
7147 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7148 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
7149 term_bg_color(color);
|
|
|
7150 if (t_colors < 16)
|
|
|
7151 i = (color == 0 || color == 4);
|
|
|
7152 else
|
|
|
7153 i = (color < 7 || color == 8);
|
|
|
7154 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */
|
|
|
7155 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd'))
|
|
|
7156 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
|
|
|
7157 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0);
|
|
|
7158 }
|
|
|
7159 }
|
|
|
7160 }
|
|
|
7161 }
|
|
|
7162 }
|
|
|
7163 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0)
|
|
|
7164 {
|
|
|
7165 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
205
|
7166 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
7
|
7167 {
|
|
205
|
7168 if (!init)
|
|
|
7169 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
7170
|
|
|
7171 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7172 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7173 {
|
|
|
7174 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i;
|
|
|
7175 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7176 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
|
|
|
7177 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
7178 else
|
|
|
7179 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7180 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
205
|
7181 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
7182 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
7183 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
7184 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
7185 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
205
|
7186 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
7187 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
7188 # endif
|
|
205
|
7189 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
7190 # endif
|
|
205
|
7191 }
|
|
7
|
7192 }
|
|
|
7193 #endif
|
|
|
7194 }
|
|
|
7195 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0)
|
|
|
7196 {
|
|
|
7197 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
205
|
7198 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
7
|
7199 {
|
|
205
|
7200 if (!init)
|
|
|
7201 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
7202
|
|
|
7203 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7204 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7205 {
|
|
|
7206 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i;
|
|
|
7207 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7208 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
|
7209 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
7210 else
|
|
|
7211 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7212 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
205
|
7213 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
7214 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
7215 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
7216 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
7217 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
205
|
7218 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
7219 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
7
|
7220 # endif
|
|
205
|
7221 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
7222 # endif
|
|
205
|
7223 }
|
|
7
|
7224 }
|
|
205
|
7225 #endif
|
|
|
7226 }
|
|
|
7227 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0)
|
|
|
7228 {
|
|
|
7229 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guisp colors are simply ignored */
|
|
|
7230 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
7231 {
|
|
|
7232 if (!init)
|
|
|
7233 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
7234
|
|
|
7235 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7236 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7237 {
|
|
|
7238 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i;
|
|
|
7239 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
7240 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
|
7241 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
7242 else
|
|
|
7243 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7244 }
|
|
|
7245 }
|
|
7
|
7246 #endif
|
|
|
7247 }
|
|
|
7248 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0)
|
|
|
7249 {
|
|
|
7250 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
7251 char_u *tname;
|
|
|
7252
|
|
|
7253 if (!init)
|
|
|
7254 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
7255
|
|
|
7256 /*
|
|
|
7257 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape
|
|
1222
|
7258 * sequence, or a comma separated list of terminal codes.
|
|
7
|
7259 */
|
|
|
7260 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
7261 {
|
|
|
7262 off = 0;
|
|
|
7263 buf[0] = 0;
|
|
|
7264 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
7265 {
|
|
|
7266 /* Isolate one termcap name */
|
|
|
7267 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] &&
|
|
|
7268 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len)
|
|
|
7269 ;
|
|
|
7270 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len);
|
|
|
7271 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
7272 {
|
|
|
7273 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7274 break;
|
|
|
7275 }
|
|
|
7276 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */
|
|
|
7277 p = get_term_code(tname);
|
|
|
7278 vim_free(tname);
|
|
|
7279 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */
|
|
|
7280 p = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
7281
|
|
|
7282 /* Append it to the already found stuff */
|
|
|
7283 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99)
|
|
|
7284 {
|
|
|
7285 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
7286 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7287 break;
|
|
|
7288 }
|
|
|
7289 STRCAT(buf, p);
|
|
|
7290
|
|
|
7291 /* Advance to the next item */
|
|
|
7292 off += len;
|
|
|
7293 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
7294 ++off;
|
|
|
7295 }
|
|
|
7296 }
|
|
|
7297 else
|
|
|
7298 {
|
|
|
7299 /*
|
|
|
7300 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes.
|
|
|
7301 */
|
|
|
7302 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; )
|
|
|
7303 {
|
|
|
7304 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE);
|
|
|
7305 if (len) /* recognized special char */
|
|
|
7306 off += len;
|
|
|
7307 else /* copy as normal char */
|
|
|
7308 buf[off++] = *p++;
|
|
|
7309 }
|
|
|
7310 buf[off] = NUL;
|
|
|
7311 }
|
|
|
7312 if (error)
|
|
|
7313 break;
|
|
|
7314
|
|
|
7315 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */
|
|
|
7316 p = NULL;
|
|
|
7317 else
|
|
|
7318 p = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
|
7319 if (key[2] == 'A')
|
|
|
7320 {
|
|
|
7321 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
7322 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p;
|
|
|
7323 }
|
|
|
7324 else
|
|
|
7325 {
|
|
|
7326 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
7327 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p;
|
|
|
7328 }
|
|
|
7329 }
|
|
|
7330 else
|
|
|
7331 {
|
|
|
7332 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
7333 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
7334 break;
|
|
|
7335 }
|
|
|
7336
|
|
|
7337 /*
|
|
|
7338 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it.
|
|
|
7339 */
|
|
|
7340 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))
|
|
|
7341 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
7342
|
|
|
7343 /*
|
|
|
7344 * Continue with next argument.
|
|
|
7345 */
|
|
|
7346 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
7347 }
|
|
|
7348
|
|
|
7349 /*
|
|
|
7350 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table.
|
|
|
7351 */
|
|
|
7352 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7353 syn_unadd_group();
|
|
|
7354 else
|
|
|
7355 {
|
|
|
7356 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
7357 {
|
|
|
7358 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7359 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7360 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7361 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7362 /*
|
|
|
7363 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg"
|
|
|
7364 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now.
|
|
|
7365 */
|
|
|
7366 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7367 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
7368 #endif
|
|
|
7369 }
|
|
|
7370 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
7371 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
7372 else if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
7373 {
|
|
|
7374 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7375 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
7376 }
|
|
|
7377 # endif
|
|
|
7378 else if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
7379 {
|
|
|
7380 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7381 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
7382 }
|
|
|
7383 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7384 else if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
7385 {
|
|
|
7386 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
7387 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
7388 }
|
|
|
7389 # endif
|
|
|
7390 #endif
|
|
|
7391 else
|
|
|
7392 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
448
|
7393 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7394 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
|
|
|
7395 #endif
|
|
819
|
7396 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
7
|
7397 }
|
|
|
7398 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
7399 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
7400
|
|
|
7401 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
7402 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
7403 }
|
|
|
7404
|
|
356
|
7405 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7406 void
|
|
|
7407 free_highlight()
|
|
|
7408 {
|
|
|
7409 int i;
|
|
|
7410
|
|
|
7411 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
359
|
7412 {
|
|
356
|
7413 highlight_clear(i);
|
|
359
|
7414 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name);
|
|
|
7415 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u);
|
|
|
7416 }
|
|
356
|
7417 ga_clear(&highlight_ga);
|
|
|
7418 }
|
|
|
7419 #endif
|
|
|
7420
|
|
7
|
7421 /*
|
|
|
7422 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if
|
|
|
7423 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero.
|
|
|
7424 */
|
|
|
7425 void
|
|
|
7426 restore_cterm_colors()
|
|
|
7427 {
|
|
|
7428 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32))
|
|
|
7429 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user
|
|
|
7430 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default
|
|
|
7431 * background/foreground colors. */
|
|
|
7432 mch_set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
7433 #else
|
|
|
7434 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0;
|
|
|
7435 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0;
|
|
|
7436 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0;
|
|
|
7437 #endif
|
|
|
7438 }
|
|
|
7439
|
|
|
7440 /*
|
|
|
7441 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings.
|
|
|
7442 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link.
|
|
|
7443 */
|
|
|
7444 static int
|
|
|
7445 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link)
|
|
|
7446 int idx;
|
|
|
7447 int check_link;
|
|
|
7448 {
|
|
|
7449 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0
|
|
|
7450 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0
|
|
|
7451 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7452 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0
|
|
|
7453 #endif
|
|
|
7454 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)));
|
|
|
7455 }
|
|
|
7456
|
|
|
7457 /*
|
|
|
7458 * Clear highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
7459 */
|
|
|
7460 static void
|
|
|
7461 highlight_clear(idx)
|
|
|
7462 int idx;
|
|
|
7463 {
|
|
|
7464 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0;
|
|
|
7465 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
7466 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL;
|
|
|
7467 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
7468 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL;
|
|
|
7469 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7470 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0;
|
|
|
7471 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
7472 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0;
|
|
|
7473 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0;
|
|
|
7474 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7475 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
7476 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0;
|
|
|
7477 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7478 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7479 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7480 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7481 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7482 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
205
|
7483 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7484 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
7485 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7486 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
7487 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
7488 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7489 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
7490 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7491 # endif
|
|
|
7492 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7493 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7494 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7495 #endif
|
|
448
|
7496 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7497 /* Clear the script ID only when there is no link, since that is not
|
|
|
7498 * cleared. */
|
|
|
7499 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link == 0)
|
|
|
7500 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = 0;
|
|
|
7501 #endif
|
|
7
|
7502 }
|
|
|
7503
|
|
|
7504 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7505 /*
|
|
|
7506 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal"
|
|
|
7507 * highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and
|
|
|
7508 * "Tooltip" colors.
|
|
|
7509 */
|
|
|
7510 void
|
|
|
7511 set_normal_colors()
|
|
|
7512 {
|
|
|
7513 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal",
|
|
205
|
7514 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel,
|
|
|
7515 FALSE, TRUE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7516 {
|
|
|
7517 gui_mch_new_colors();
|
|
|
7518 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7519 }
|
|
|
7520 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
7521 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu",
|
|
205
|
7522 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7523 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7524 {
|
|
|
7525 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
7526 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
7527 # endif
|
|
|
7528 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7529 }
|
|
|
7530 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7531 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip",
|
|
|
7532 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7533 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
|
7534 {
|
|
|
7535 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
|
7536 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
7537 # endif
|
|
|
7538 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7539 }
|
|
|
7540 #endif
|
|
|
7541 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar",
|
|
205
|
7542 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7543 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
|
7
|
7544 {
|
|
|
7545 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
7546 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7547 }
|
|
|
7548 #endif
|
|
|
7549 }
|
|
|
7550
|
|
|
7551 /*
|
|
|
7552 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar".
|
|
|
7553 */
|
|
|
7554 static int
|
|
|
7555 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7556 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7557 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
7558 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
7559 int do_menu;
|
|
|
7560 int use_norm;
|
|
|
7561 int do_tooltip;
|
|
|
7562 {
|
|
|
7563 int idx;
|
|
|
7564
|
|
|
7565 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1;
|
|
|
7566 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
7567 {
|
|
|
7568 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip);
|
|
|
7569
|
|
|
7570 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7571 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
7572 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7573 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7574 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7575 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7576 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7577 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel;
|
|
|
7578 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7579 }
|
|
|
7580 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7581 }
|
|
|
7582
|
|
|
7583 /*
|
|
|
7584 * Get the font of the "Normal" group.
|
|
|
7585 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set.
|
|
|
7586 */
|
|
|
7587 char_u *
|
|
|
7588 hl_get_font_name()
|
|
|
7589 {
|
|
|
7590 int id;
|
|
|
7591 char_u *s;
|
|
|
7592
|
|
|
7593 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7594 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7595 {
|
|
|
7596 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;
|
|
|
7597 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
7598 return s;
|
|
|
7599 }
|
|
|
7600 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
7601 }
|
|
|
7602
|
|
|
7603 /*
|
|
|
7604 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has
|
|
|
7605 * actually chosen to be used.
|
|
|
7606 */
|
|
|
7607 void
|
|
|
7608 hl_set_font_name(font_name)
|
|
|
7609 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
7610 {
|
|
|
7611 int id;
|
|
|
7612
|
|
|
7613 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7614 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7615 {
|
|
|
7616 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7617 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name);
|
|
|
7618 }
|
|
|
7619 }
|
|
|
7620
|
|
|
7621 /*
|
|
|
7622 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color()
|
|
|
7623 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7624 */
|
|
|
7625 void
|
|
|
7626 hl_set_bg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7627 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7628 {
|
|
|
7629 int id;
|
|
|
7630
|
|
|
7631 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7632 {
|
|
|
7633 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7634 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7635 {
|
|
|
7636 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7637 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name;
|
|
|
7638 }
|
|
|
7639 }
|
|
|
7640 }
|
|
|
7641
|
|
|
7642 /*
|
|
|
7643 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color()
|
|
|
7644 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7645 */
|
|
|
7646 void
|
|
|
7647 hl_set_fg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7648 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7649 {
|
|
|
7650 int id;
|
|
|
7651
|
|
|
7652 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7653 {
|
|
|
7654 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7655 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7656 {
|
|
|
7657 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7658 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name;
|
|
|
7659 }
|
|
|
7660 }
|
|
|
7661 }
|
|
|
7662
|
|
|
7663 /*
|
|
|
7664 * Return the handle for a color name.
|
|
|
7665 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
7666 */
|
|
|
7667 static guicolor_T
|
|
|
7668 color_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7669 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7670 {
|
|
|
7671 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7672 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7673
|
|
|
7674 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0)
|
|
|
7675 return gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7676 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0)
|
|
|
7677 return gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
7678
|
|
|
7679 return gui_get_color(name);
|
|
|
7680 }
|
|
|
7681
|
|
|
7682 /*
|
|
|
7683 * Return the handle for a font name.
|
|
|
7684 * Returns NOFONT when failed.
|
|
|
7685 */
|
|
|
7686 static GuiFont
|
|
|
7687 font_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7688 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7689 {
|
|
|
7690 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7691 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
7692
|
|
|
7693 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE);
|
|
|
7694 }
|
|
|
7695
|
|
|
7696 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7697 /*
|
|
|
7698 * Return the handle for a fontset name.
|
|
|
7699 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed.
|
|
|
7700 */
|
|
|
7701 static GuiFontset
|
|
|
7702 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width)
|
|
|
7703 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7704 int fixed_width;
|
|
|
7705 {
|
|
|
7706 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7707 return NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7708
|
|
|
7709 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width);
|
|
|
7710 }
|
|
|
7711 # endif
|
|
|
7712
|
|
|
7713 /*
|
|
|
7714 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group.
|
|
|
7715 */
|
|
|
7716 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
7717 static void
|
|
|
7718 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7719 int idx;
|
|
|
7720 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
7721 int do_normal; /* set normal font */
|
|
|
7722 int do_menu; /* set menu font */
|
|
|
7723 int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */
|
|
|
7724 {
|
|
|
7725 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7726 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a
|
|
|
7727 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */
|
|
|
7728 if (*p_guifontset != NUL
|
|
|
7729 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7730 || do_menu
|
|
|
7731 # endif
|
|
|
7732 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7733 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */
|
|
|
7734 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7735 # endif
|
|
|
7736 )
|
|
|
7737 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0
|
|
|
7738 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7739 || do_menu
|
|
|
7740 # endif
|
|
|
7741 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7742 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7743 # endif
|
|
|
7744 );
|
|
|
7745 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
7746 {
|
|
|
7747 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7748 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7749 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7750 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE);
|
|
|
7751 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7752 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7753 {
|
|
|
7754 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7755 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7756 # else
|
|
|
7757 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */
|
|
|
7758 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7759 # endif
|
|
|
7760 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7761 }
|
|
|
7762 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7763 if (do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7764 {
|
|
|
7765 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between
|
|
|
7766 * displaying a single font and a fontset.
|
|
|
7767 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget
|
|
1222
|
7768 * creation, then a fontset is always used, otherwise an
|
|
7
|
7769 * XFontStruct is used.
|
|
|
7770 */
|
|
|
7771 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7772 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
7773 }
|
|
|
7774 # endif
|
|
|
7775 # endif
|
|
|
7776 }
|
|
|
7777 else
|
|
|
7778 # endif
|
|
|
7779 {
|
|
|
7780 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7781 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7782 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7783 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
7784 {
|
|
|
7785 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7786 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE);
|
|
|
7787 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7788 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7789 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7790 {
|
|
|
7791 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
7792 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7793 }
|
|
|
7794 # endif
|
|
|
7795 #endif
|
|
|
7796 }
|
|
|
7797 }
|
|
|
7798 }
|
|
|
7799
|
|
|
7800 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
7801
|
|
|
7802 /*
|
|
|
7803 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number.
|
|
|
7804 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the
|
|
|
7805 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer.
|
|
|
7806 */
|
|
298
|
7807 static garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7808
|
|
|
7809 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7810
|
|
298
|
7811 static garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7812
|
|
|
7813 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7814
|
|
|
7815 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
298
|
7816 static garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
7
|
7817
|
|
|
7818 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7819 #endif
|
|
|
7820
|
|
|
7821 /*
|
|
|
7822 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font.
|
|
|
7823 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table
|
|
|
7824 * if the combination is new.
|
|
|
7825 * Return 0 for error (no more room).
|
|
|
7826 */
|
|
|
7827 static int
|
|
|
7828 get_attr_entry(table, aep)
|
|
|
7829 garray_T *table;
|
|
|
7830 attrentry_T *aep;
|
|
|
7831 {
|
|
|
7832 int i;
|
|
359
|
7833 attrentry_T *taep;
|
|
7
|
7834 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7835
|
|
|
7836 /*
|
|
|
7837 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet.
|
|
|
7838 */
|
|
|
7839 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T);
|
|
|
7840 table->ga_growsize = 7;
|
|
|
7841
|
|
|
7842 /*
|
|
|
7843 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications.
|
|
|
7844 */
|
|
|
7845 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7846 {
|
|
359
|
7847 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
7848 if ( aep->ae_attr == taep->ae_attr
|
|
7
|
7849 && (
|
|
|
7850 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7851 (table == &gui_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7852 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color
|
|
|
7853 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
|
7854 == taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
|
7855 && aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
|
|
|
7856 == taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
|
|
|
7857 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == taep->ae_u.gui.font
|
|
7
|
7858 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
359
|
7859 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == taep->ae_u.gui.fontset
|
|
7
|
7860 # endif
|
|
|
7861 ))
|
|
|
7862 ||
|
|
|
7863 #endif
|
|
|
7864 (table == &term_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7865 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
|
7866 == (taep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
7
|
7867 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL
|
|
|
7868 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start,
|
|
359
|
7869 taep->ae_u.term.start) == 0)
|
|
|
7870 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
|
7871 == (taep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
7
|
7872 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL
|
|
|
7873 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop,
|
|
359
|
7874 taep->ae_u.term.stop) == 0))
|
|
7
|
7875 || (table == &cterm_attr_table
|
|
359
|
7876 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
|
7877 == taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
|
7878 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color
|
|
|
7879 == taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
|
|
7
|
7880 ))
|
|
|
7881
|
|
|
7882 return i + ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7883 }
|
|
|
7884
|
|
271
|
7885 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF > MAX_TYPENR)
|
|
7
|
7886 {
|
|
|
7887 /*
|
|
|
7888 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and
|
|
|
7889 * compute new ones for all groups.
|
|
|
7890 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers.
|
|
|
7891 */
|
|
|
7892 if (recursive)
|
|
|
7893 {
|
|
|
7894 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use"));
|
|
|
7895 return 0;
|
|
|
7896 }
|
|
|
7897 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
7898
|
|
359
|
7899 clear_hl_tables();
|
|
|
7900
|
|
7
|
7901 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7902
|
|
|
7903 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7904 set_hl_attr(i);
|
|
|
7905
|
|
|
7906 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7907 }
|
|
|
7908
|
|
|
7909 /*
|
|
|
7910 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry.
|
|
|
7911 */
|
|
|
7912 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7913 return 0;
|
|
|
7914
|
|
359
|
7915 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]);
|
|
|
7916 vim_memset(taep, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T));
|
|
|
7917 taep->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr;
|
|
7
|
7918 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7919 if (table == &gui_attr_table)
|
|
|
7920 {
|
|
359
|
7921 taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
|
7922 taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
|
7923 taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
|
7924 taep->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
7
|
7925 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
359
|
7926 taep->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
7
|
7927 # endif
|
|
|
7928 }
|
|
|
7929 #endif
|
|
|
7930 if (table == &term_attr_table)
|
|
|
7931 {
|
|
|
7932 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
359
|
7933 taep->ae_u.term.start = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7934 else
|
|
359
|
7935 taep->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
7
|
7936 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
359
|
7937 taep->ae_u.term.stop = NULL;
|
|
7
|
7938 else
|
|
359
|
7939 taep->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
7
|
7940 }
|
|
|
7941 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table)
|
|
|
7942 {
|
|
359
|
7943 taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
|
7944 taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
7
|
7945 }
|
|
|
7946 ++table->ga_len;
|
|
|
7947 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF);
|
|
|
7948 }
|
|
|
7949
|
|
359
|
7950 /*
|
|
|
7951 * Clear all highlight tables.
|
|
|
7952 */
|
|
|
7953 void
|
|
|
7954 clear_hl_tables()
|
|
|
7955 {
|
|
|
7956 int i;
|
|
|
7957 attrentry_T *taep;
|
|
|
7958
|
|
|
7959 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7960 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table);
|
|
|
7961 #endif
|
|
|
7962 for (i = 0; i < term_attr_table.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7963 {
|
|
|
7964 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
7965 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
|
7966 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
|
7967 }
|
|
|
7968 ga_clear(&term_attr_table);
|
|
|
7969 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table);
|
|
|
7970 }
|
|
|
7971
|
|
745
|
7972 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
221
|
7973 /*
|
|
348
|
7974 * Combine special attributes (e.g., for spelling) with other attributes
|
|
|
7975 * (e.g., for syntax highlighting).
|
|
|
7976 * "prim_attr" overrules "char_attr".
|
|
221
|
7977 * This creates a new group when required.
|
|
|
7978 * Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the
|
|
|
7979 * result.
|
|
|
7980 * Return the resulting attributes.
|
|
|
7981 */
|
|
|
7982 int
|
|
348
|
7983 hl_combine_attr(char_attr, prim_attr)
|
|
221
|
7984 int char_attr;
|
|
348
|
7985 int prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7986 {
|
|
|
7987 attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL;
|
|
|
7988 attrentry_T *spell_aep;
|
|
|
7989 attrentry_T new_en;
|
|
|
7990
|
|
|
7991 if (char_attr == 0)
|
|
348
|
7992 return prim_attr;
|
|
|
7993 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7994 return char_attr | prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
7995 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7996 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7997 {
|
|
|
7998 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
7999 char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
8000 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
8001 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
8002 else
|
|
|
8003 {
|
|
|
8004 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
548
|
8005 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
8006 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
8007 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
221
|
8008 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8009 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
8010 }
|
|
|
8011
|
|
348
|
8012 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8013 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
8014 else
|
|
|
8015 {
|
|
348
|
8016 spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
8017 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
8018 {
|
|
|
8019 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
8020 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
8021 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
|
8022 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
8023 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
|
8024 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
8025 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
|
8026 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
8027 new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
|
8028 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8029 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
8030 new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
|
8031 # endif
|
|
|
8032 }
|
|
|
8033 }
|
|
|
8034 return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
8035 }
|
|
|
8036 #endif
|
|
|
8037
|
|
|
8038 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
8039 {
|
|
|
8040 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8041 char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
8042 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
8043 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
8044 else
|
|
|
8045 {
|
|
|
8046 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
8047 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8048 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
8049 }
|
|
|
8050
|
|
348
|
8051 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8052 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
8053 else
|
|
|
8054 {
|
|
348
|
8055 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
8056 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
8057 {
|
|
|
8058 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
8059 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0)
|
|
|
8060 new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
|
8061 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0)
|
|
|
8062 new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
|
8063 }
|
|
|
8064 }
|
|
|
8065 return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
8066 }
|
|
|
8067
|
|
|
8068 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8069 char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
|
8070 if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
8071 new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
|
8072 else
|
|
|
8073 {
|
|
|
8074 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
|
8075 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8076 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
|
8077 }
|
|
|
8078
|
|
348
|
8079 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
|
8080 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
|
|
221
|
8081 else
|
|
|
8082 {
|
|
607
|
8083 spell_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(prim_attr);
|
|
221
|
8084 if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
|
8085 {
|
|
|
8086 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
8087 if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
|
|
|
8088 {
|
|
|
8089 new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start;
|
|
|
8090 new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop;
|
|
|
8091 }
|
|
|
8092 }
|
|
|
8093 }
|
|
|
8094 return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
|
8095 }
|
|
|
8096 #endif
|
|
|
8097
|
|
7
|
8098 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8099
|
|
|
8100 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
8101 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
8102 int attr;
|
|
|
8103 {
|
|
|
8104 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
8105 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
8106 return NULL;
|
|
|
8107 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
8108 }
|
|
|
8109 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
8110
|
|
745
|
8111 /*
|
|
|
8112 * Get the highlight attributes (HL_BOLD etc.) from an attribute nr.
|
|
|
8113 * Only to be used when "attr" > HL_ALL.
|
|
|
8114 */
|
|
|
8115 int
|
|
|
8116 syn_attr2attr(attr)
|
|
|
8117 int attr;
|
|
|
8118 {
|
|
|
8119 attrentry_T *aep;
|
|
|
8120
|
|
|
8121 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8122 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8123 aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(attr);
|
|
|
8124 else
|
|
|
8125 #endif
|
|
|
8126 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
8127 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
|
|
|
8128 else
|
|
|
8129 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);
|
|
|
8130
|
|
|
8131 if (aep == NULL) /* highlighting not set */
|
|
|
8132 return 0;
|
|
|
8133 return aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
8134 }
|
|
|
8135
|
|
|
8136
|
|
7
|
8137 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
8138 syn_term_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
8139 int attr;
|
|
|
8140 {
|
|
|
8141 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
8142 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
8143 return NULL;
|
|
|
8144 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
8145 }
|
|
|
8146
|
|
|
8147 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
8148 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
8149 int attr;
|
|
|
8150 {
|
|
|
8151 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
8152 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
8153 return NULL;
|
|
|
8154 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
8155 }
|
|
|
8156
|
|
|
8157 #define LIST_ATTR 1
|
|
|
8158 #define LIST_STRING 2
|
|
|
8159 #define LIST_INT 3
|
|
|
8160
|
|
|
8161 static void
|
|
|
8162 highlight_list_one(id)
|
|
|
8163 int id;
|
|
|
8164 {
|
|
|
8165 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8166 int didh = FALSE;
|
|
|
8167
|
|
|
8168 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8169
|
|
|
8170 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
8171 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term");
|
|
|
8172 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
8173 0, sgp->sg_start, "start");
|
|
|
8174 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
8175 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop");
|
|
|
8176
|
|
|
8177 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
8178 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm");
|
|
|
8179 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
8180 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg");
|
|
|
8181 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
8182 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg");
|
|
|
8183
|
|
|
8184 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8185 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
8186 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui");
|
|
|
8187 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
8188 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg");
|
|
|
8189 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
8190 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg");
|
|
|
8191 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
301
|
8192 0, sgp->sg_gui_sp_name, "guisp");
|
|
|
8193 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
7
|
8194 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font");
|
|
|
8195 #endif
|
|
|
8196
|
|
448
|
8197 if (sgp->sg_link && !got_int)
|
|
7
|
8198 {
|
|
|
8199 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id);
|
|
448
|
8200 didh = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
8201 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
8202 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
8203 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
8204 }
|
|
448
|
8205
|
|
694
|
8206 if (!didh)
|
|
|
8207 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 0, (char_u *)"cleared", "");
|
|
448
|
8208 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
694
|
8209 if (p_verbose > 0)
|
|
448
|
8210 last_set_msg(sgp->sg_scriptID);
|
|
|
8211 #endif
|
|
7
|
8212 }
|
|
|
8213
|
|
|
8214 static int
|
|
|
8215 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name)
|
|
|
8216 int id;
|
|
|
8217 int didh;
|
|
|
8218 int type;
|
|
|
8219 int iarg;
|
|
|
8220 char_u *sarg;
|
|
|
8221 char *name;
|
|
|
8222 {
|
|
|
8223 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
8224 char_u *ts;
|
|
|
8225 int i;
|
|
|
8226
|
|
448
|
8227 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8228 return FALSE;
|
|
7
|
8229 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0))
|
|
|
8230 {
|
|
|
8231 ts = buf;
|
|
|
8232 if (type == LIST_INT)
|
|
|
8233 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1);
|
|
|
8234 else if (type == LIST_STRING)
|
|
|
8235 ts = sarg;
|
|
|
8236 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */
|
|
|
8237 {
|
|
|
8238 buf[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
8239 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
8240 {
|
|
|
8241 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i])
|
|
|
8242 {
|
|
|
8243 if (buf[0] != NUL)
|
|
|
8244 STRCAT(buf, ",");
|
|
|
8245 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
8246 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */
|
|
|
8247 }
|
|
|
8248 }
|
|
|
8249 }
|
|
|
8250
|
|
|
8251 (void)syn_list_header(didh,
|
|
|
8252 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id);
|
|
|
8253 didh = TRUE;
|
|
448
|
8254 if (!got_int)
|
|
|
8255 {
|
|
694
|
8256 if (*name != NUL)
|
|
|
8257 {
|
|
|
8258 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
8259 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
8260 }
|
|
448
|
8261 msg_outtrans(ts);
|
|
|
8262 }
|
|
7
|
8263 }
|
|
|
8264 return didh;
|
|
|
8265 }
|
|
|
8266
|
|
|
8267 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8268 /*
|
|
|
8269 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag".
|
|
|
8270 * Return NULL otherwise.
|
|
|
8271 */
|
|
|
8272 char_u *
|
|
|
8273 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec)
|
|
|
8274 int id;
|
|
|
8275 int flag;
|
|
|
8276 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
8277 {
|
|
|
8278 int attr;
|
|
|
8279
|
|
|
8280 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8281 return NULL;
|
|
|
8282
|
|
|
8283 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8284 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
8285 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
8286 else
|
|
|
8287 #endif
|
|
|
8288 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
8289 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8290 else
|
|
|
8291 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
8292
|
|
|
8293 if (attr & flag)
|
|
|
8294 return (char_u *)"1";
|
|
|
8295 return NULL;
|
|
|
8296 }
|
|
|
8297 #endif
|
|
|
8298
|
|
|
8299 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8300 /*
|
|
|
8301 * Return color name of highlight group "id".
|
|
|
8302 */
|
|
|
8303 char_u *
|
|
|
8304 highlight_color(id, what, modec)
|
|
|
8305 int id;
|
|
205
|
8306 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */
|
|
7
|
8307 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
8308 {
|
|
|
8309 static char_u name[20];
|
|
|
8310 int n;
|
|
205
|
8311 int fg = FALSE;
|
|
|
8312 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8313 int sp = FALSE;
|
|
|
8314 # endif
|
|
7
|
8315
|
|
|
8316 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8317 return NULL;
|
|
|
8318
|
|
|
8319 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f')
|
|
|
8320 fg = TRUE;
|
|
205
|
8321 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8322 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's')
|
|
|
8323 sp = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
8324 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
8325 {
|
|
|
8326 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */
|
|
|
8327 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#')
|
|
|
8328 {
|
|
|
8329 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
8330 long_u rgb;
|
|
|
8331 static char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
8332
|
|
|
8333 if (fg)
|
|
|
8334 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
205
|
8335 else if (sp)
|
|
|
8336 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8337 else
|
|
|
8338 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8339 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
8340 return NULL;
|
|
|
8341 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
8342 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x",
|
|
|
8343 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16),
|
|
|
8344 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255,
|
|
|
8345 (unsigned)rgb & 255);
|
|
|
8346 return buf;
|
|
|
8347 }
|
|
|
8348 if (fg)
|
|
|
8349 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
205
|
8350 if (sp)
|
|
|
8351 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
7
|
8352 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
8353 }
|
|
205
|
8354 # endif
|
|
7
|
8355 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
8356 {
|
|
|
8357 if (fg)
|
|
|
8358 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1;
|
|
|
8359 else
|
|
|
8360 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1;
|
|
|
8361 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n);
|
|
|
8362 return name;
|
|
|
8363 }
|
|
|
8364 /* term doesn't have color */
|
|
|
8365 return NULL;
|
|
|
8366 }
|
|
|
8367 #endif
|
|
|
8368
|
|
|
8369 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \
|
|
|
8370 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8371 /*
|
|
|
8372 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value.
|
|
|
8373 */
|
|
|
8374 long_u
|
|
|
8375 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg)
|
|
|
8376 int id;
|
|
|
8377 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */
|
|
|
8378 {
|
|
|
8379 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
8380
|
|
|
8381 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8382 return 0L;
|
|
|
8383
|
|
|
8384 if (fg)
|
|
|
8385 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8386 else
|
|
|
8387 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8388
|
|
|
8389 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
8390 return 0L;
|
|
|
8391
|
|
|
8392 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
8393 }
|
|
|
8394 #endif
|
|
|
8395
|
|
|
8396 /*
|
|
|
8397 * Output the syntax list header.
|
|
|
8398 * Return TRUE when started a new line.
|
|
|
8399 */
|
|
|
8400 static int
|
|
|
8401 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)
|
|
|
8402 int did_header; /* did header already */
|
|
|
8403 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */
|
|
|
8404 int id; /* highlight group id */
|
|
|
8405 {
|
|
|
8406 int endcol = 19;
|
|
|
8407 int newline = TRUE;
|
|
|
8408
|
|
|
8409 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
8410 {
|
|
|
8411 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
448
|
8412 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8413 return TRUE;
|
|
7
|
8414 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
8415 endcol = 15;
|
|
|
8416 }
|
|
|
8417 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns)
|
|
448
|
8418 {
|
|
7
|
8419 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
448
|
8420 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8421 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8422 }
|
|
7
|
8423 else
|
|
|
8424 {
|
|
|
8425 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */
|
|
|
8426 newline = FALSE;
|
|
|
8427 }
|
|
|
8428
|
|
|
8429 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
8430 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
8431 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
8432 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
8433
|
|
|
8434 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
8435
|
|
|
8436 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */
|
|
|
8437 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
8438 {
|
|
|
8439 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id));
|
|
|
8440 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
8441 }
|
|
|
8442
|
|
|
8443 return newline;
|
|
|
8444 }
|
|
|
8445
|
|
|
8446 /*
|
|
|
8447 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group.
|
|
|
8448 * Called after one of the attributes has changed.
|
|
|
8449 */
|
|
|
8450 static void
|
|
|
8451 set_hl_attr(idx)
|
|
|
8452 int idx; /* index in array */
|
|
|
8453 {
|
|
|
8454 attrentry_T at_en;
|
|
|
8455 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx;
|
|
|
8456
|
|
|
8457 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */
|
|
|
8458 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
8459 return;
|
|
|
8460
|
|
|
8461 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8462 /*
|
|
|
8463 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
8464 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8465 */
|
|
|
8466 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
|
8467 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
205
|
8468 && sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR
|
|
7
|
8469 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT
|
|
|
8470 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8471 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET
|
|
|
8472 # endif
|
|
|
8473 )
|
|
|
8474 {
|
|
|
8475 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8476 }
|
|
|
8477 else
|
|
|
8478 {
|
|
|
8479 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8480 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8481 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
205
|
8482 at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
8483 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font;
|
|
|
8484 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8485 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset;
|
|
|
8486 # endif
|
|
|
8487 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8488 }
|
|
|
8489 #endif
|
|
|
8490 /*
|
|
|
8491 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
8492 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8493 */
|
|
|
8494 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL)
|
|
|
8495 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
8496 else
|
|
|
8497 {
|
|
|
8498 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
8499 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start;
|
|
|
8500 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop;
|
|
|
8501 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8502 }
|
|
|
8503
|
|
|
8504 /*
|
|
|
8505 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal"
|
|
|
8506 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
8507 */
|
|
|
8508 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0)
|
|
|
8509 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8510 else
|
|
|
8511 {
|
|
|
8512 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8513 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
8514 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
8515 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
8516 }
|
|
|
8517 }
|
|
|
8518
|
|
|
8519 /*
|
|
|
8520 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8521 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
8522 */
|
|
|
8523 int
|
|
|
8524 syn_name2id(name)
|
|
|
8525 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8526 {
|
|
|
8527 int i;
|
|
|
8528 char_u name_u[200];
|
|
|
8529
|
|
|
8530 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
8531 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars
|
|
|
8532 * don't deserve to be found! */
|
|
419
|
8533 vim_strncpy(name_u, name, 199);
|
|
7
|
8534 vim_strup(name_u);
|
|
|
8535 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8536 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
8537 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
8538 break;
|
|
|
8539 return i + 1;
|
|
|
8540 }
|
|
|
8541
|
|
|
8542 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8543 /*
|
|
|
8544 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists.
|
|
|
8545 */
|
|
|
8546 int
|
|
|
8547 highlight_exists(name)
|
|
|
8548 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8549 {
|
|
|
8550 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0);
|
|
|
8551 }
|
|
819
|
8552
|
|
|
8553 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8554 /*
|
|
|
8555 * Return the name of highlight group "id".
|
|
|
8556 * When not a valid ID return an empty string.
|
|
|
8557 */
|
|
|
8558 char_u *
|
|
|
8559 syn_id2name(id)
|
|
|
8560 int id;
|
|
|
8561 {
|
|
1326
|
8562 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
819
|
8563 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
8564 return HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name;
|
|
|
8565 }
|
|
|
8566 # endif
|
|
7
|
8567 #endif
|
|
|
8568
|
|
|
8569 /*
|
|
|
8570 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
8571 */
|
|
|
8572 int
|
|
|
8573 syn_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
8574 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
8575 int len;
|
|
|
8576 {
|
|
|
8577 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8578 int id = 0;
|
|
|
8579
|
|
|
8580 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
8581 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
8582 {
|
|
|
8583 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
8584 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8585 }
|
|
|
8586 return id;
|
|
|
8587 }
|
|
|
8588
|
|
|
8589 /*
|
|
|
8590 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8591 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
8592 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
8593 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
8594 */
|
|
|
8595 int
|
|
|
8596 syn_check_group(pp, len)
|
|
|
8597 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
8598 int len;
|
|
|
8599 {
|
|
|
8600 int id;
|
|
|
8601 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8602
|
|
|
8603 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
8604 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
8605 return 0;
|
|
|
8606
|
|
|
8607 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
8608 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
8609 id = syn_add_group(name);
|
|
|
8610 else
|
|
|
8611 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8612 return id;
|
|
|
8613 }
|
|
|
8614
|
|
|
8615 /*
|
|
|
8616 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID.
|
|
|
8617 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
8618 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
8619 */
|
|
|
8620 static int
|
|
|
8621 syn_add_group(name)
|
|
|
8622 char_u *name;
|
|
|
8623 {
|
|
|
8624 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8625
|
|
|
8626 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */
|
|
|
8627 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p)
|
|
|
8628 {
|
|
|
8629 if (!vim_isprintc(*p))
|
|
|
8630 {
|
|
|
8631 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name"));
|
|
|
8632 return 0;
|
|
|
8633 }
|
|
|
8634 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_')
|
|
|
8635 {
|
|
|
8636 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only
|
|
|
8637 * give a warning. */
|
|
16
|
8638 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
7
|
8639 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name"));
|
|
|
8640 break;
|
|
|
8641 }
|
|
|
8642 }
|
|
|
8643
|
|
|
8644 /*
|
|
|
8645 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
8646 */
|
|
|
8647 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
8648 {
|
|
|
8649 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group);
|
|
|
8650 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
8651 }
|
|
|
8652
|
|
|
8653 /*
|
|
|
8654 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry.
|
|
|
8655 */
|
|
|
8656 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8657 {
|
|
|
8658 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
8659 return 0;
|
|
|
8660 }
|
|
|
8661
|
|
|
8662 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8663 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name;
|
|
|
8664 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
8665 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8666 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
8667 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
205
|
8668 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
7
|
8669 #endif
|
|
|
8670 ++highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8671
|
|
|
8672 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */
|
|
|
8673 }
|
|
|
8674
|
|
|
8675 /*
|
|
|
8676 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this
|
|
|
8677 * function deletes the new name.
|
|
|
8678 */
|
|
|
8679 static void
|
|
|
8680 syn_unadd_group()
|
|
|
8681 {
|
|
|
8682 --highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8683 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name);
|
|
|
8684 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u);
|
|
|
8685 }
|
|
|
8686
|
|
|
8687 /*
|
|
|
8688 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes.
|
|
|
8689 */
|
|
|
8690 int
|
|
|
8691 syn_id2attr(hl_id)
|
|
|
8692 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8693 {
|
|
|
8694 int attr;
|
|
|
8695 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8696
|
|
|
8697 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8698 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8699
|
|
|
8700 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8701 /*
|
|
|
8702 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used.
|
|
|
8703 */
|
|
|
8704 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8705 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr;
|
|
|
8706 else
|
|
|
8707 #endif
|
|
|
8708 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
8709 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr;
|
|
|
8710 else
|
|
|
8711 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr;
|
|
|
8712
|
|
|
8713 return attr;
|
|
|
8714 }
|
|
|
8715
|
|
|
8716 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8717 /*
|
|
|
8718 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID.
|
|
|
8719 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise.
|
|
|
8720 */
|
|
|
8721 int
|
|
|
8722 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp)
|
|
|
8723 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8724 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
8725 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
8726 {
|
|
|
8727 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8728
|
|
|
8729 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8730 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8731
|
|
|
8732 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8733 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8734 return sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8735 }
|
|
|
8736 #endif
|
|
|
8737
|
|
|
8738 /*
|
|
|
8739 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links).
|
|
|
8740 */
|
|
|
8741 int
|
|
|
8742 syn_get_final_id(hl_id)
|
|
|
8743 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8744 {
|
|
|
8745 int count;
|
|
|
8746 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8747
|
|
|
8748 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1)
|
|
|
8749 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */
|
|
|
8750
|
|
|
8751 /*
|
|
|
8752 * Follow links until there is no more.
|
|
|
8753 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links.
|
|
|
8754 */
|
|
|
8755 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; )
|
|
|
8756 {
|
|
|
8757 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8758 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8759 break;
|
|
|
8760 hl_id = sgp->sg_link;
|
|
|
8761 }
|
|
|
8762
|
|
|
8763 return hl_id;
|
|
|
8764 }
|
|
|
8765
|
|
|
8766 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8767 /*
|
|
|
8768 * Call this function just after the GUI has started.
|
|
|
8769 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups.
|
|
|
8770 */
|
|
|
8771 void
|
|
|
8772 highlight_gui_started()
|
|
|
8773 {
|
|
|
8774 int idx;
|
|
|
8775
|
|
|
8776 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */
|
|
|
8777 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
8778
|
|
|
8779 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
8780 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8781
|
|
|
8782 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
8783 }
|
|
|
8784
|
|
|
8785 static void
|
|
|
8786 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
8787 int idx;
|
|
|
8788 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */
|
|
|
8789 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */
|
|
|
8790 {
|
|
|
8791 int didit = FALSE;
|
|
|
8792
|
|
|
8793 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8794 {
|
|
|
8795 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu,
|
|
|
8796 do_tooltip);
|
|
|
8797 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8798 }
|
|
|
8799 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8800 {
|
|
|
8801 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg =
|
|
|
8802 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
8803 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8804 }
|
|
|
8805 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8806 {
|
|
|
8807 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg =
|
|
|
8808 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
8809 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8810 }
|
|
205
|
8811 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8812 {
|
|
|
8813 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp =
|
|
|
8814 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
|
8815 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8816 }
|
|
7
|
8817 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */
|
|
|
8818 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
|
8819 }
|
|
|
8820
|
|
|
8821 #endif
|
|
|
8822
|
|
|
8823 /*
|
|
|
8824 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and
|
|
|
8825 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of
|
|
|
8826 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed.
|
|
|
8827 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first
|
|
|
8828 * screen redraw after any :highlight command.
|
|
|
8829 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise.
|
|
|
8830 */
|
|
|
8831 int
|
|
|
8832 highlight_changed()
|
|
|
8833 {
|
|
|
8834 int hlf;
|
|
|
8835 int i;
|
|
|
8836 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8837 int attr;
|
|
|
8838 char_u *end;
|
|
|
8839 int id;
|
|
|
8840 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8841 char_u userhl[10];
|
|
|
8842 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8843 int id_SNC = -1;
|
|
|
8844 int id_S = -1;
|
|
|
8845 int hlcnt;
|
|
|
8846 # endif
|
|
|
8847 #endif
|
|
|
8848 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS;
|
|
|
8849
|
|
|
8850 need_highlight_changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
8851
|
|
|
8852 /*
|
|
|
8853 * Clear all attributes.
|
|
|
8854 */
|
|
|
8855 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8856 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0;
|
|
|
8857
|
|
|
8858 /*
|
|
|
8859 * First set all attributes to their default value.
|
|
|
8860 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option.
|
|
|
8861 */
|
|
|
8862 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
|
|
|
8863 {
|
|
|
8864 if (i)
|
|
|
8865 p = p_hl;
|
|
|
8866 else
|
|
|
8867 p = get_highlight_default();
|
|
|
8868 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
8869 continue;
|
|
|
8870
|
|
|
8871 while (*p)
|
|
|
8872 {
|
|
|
8873 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8874 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p)
|
|
|
8875 break;
|
|
|
8876 ++p;
|
|
|
8877 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
8878 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8879
|
|
|
8880 /*
|
|
|
8881 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for
|
|
|
8882 * bold-underlined.
|
|
|
8883 */
|
|
|
8884 attr = 0;
|
|
|
8885 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */
|
|
|
8886 {
|
|
|
8887 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */
|
|
|
8888 continue;
|
|
|
8889
|
|
|
8890 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */
|
|
|
8891 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8892
|
|
|
8893 switch (*p)
|
|
|
8894 {
|
|
|
8895 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
8896 break;
|
|
|
8897 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC;
|
|
|
8898 break;
|
|
|
8899 case '-':
|
|
|
8900 case 'n': /* no highlighting */
|
|
|
8901 break;
|
|
|
8902 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE;
|
|
|
8903 break;
|
|
|
8904 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT;
|
|
|
8905 break;
|
|
|
8906 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
|
|
|
8907 break;
|
|
205
|
8908 case 'c': attr |= HL_UNDERCURL;
|
|
|
8909 break;
|
|
7
|
8910 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
8911 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */
|
|
|
8912 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8913 end = vim_strchr(p, ',');
|
|
|
8914 if (end == NULL)
|
|
|
8915 end = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
8916 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
8917 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8918 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8919 attr = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8920 p = end - 1;
|
|
|
8921 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
8922 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC)
|
|
|
8923 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8924 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S)
|
|
|
8925 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8926 #endif
|
|
|
8927 break;
|
|
|
8928 default: return FAIL;
|
|
|
8929 }
|
|
|
8930 }
|
|
|
8931 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr;
|
|
|
8932
|
|
|
8933 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */
|
|
|
8934 }
|
|
|
8935 }
|
|
|
8936
|
|
|
8937 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8938 /* Setup the user highlights
|
|
|
8939 *
|
|
|
8940 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there
|
|
|
8941 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry()
|
|
|
8942 */
|
|
|
8943 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8944 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8945 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8946 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8947 if (id_S == 0)
|
|
|
8948 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */
|
|
|
8949 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8950 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S];
|
|
|
8951 id_S = hlcnt + 10;
|
|
|
8952 }
|
|
|
8953 # endif
|
|
|
8954 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
|
|
|
8955 {
|
|
|
8956 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1);
|
|
|
8957 id = syn_name2id(userhl);
|
|
|
8958 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8959 {
|
|
|
8960 highlight_user[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8961 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8962 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8963 # endif
|
|
|
8964 }
|
|
|
8965 else
|
|
|
8966 {
|
|
|
8967 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8968 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE();
|
|
|
8969 # endif
|
|
|
8970
|
|
|
8971 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8972 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8973 if (id_SNC == 0)
|
|
|
8974 {
|
|
|
8975 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8976 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8977 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8978 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8979 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8980 # endif
|
|
|
8981 }
|
|
|
8982 else
|
|
|
8983 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i],
|
|
|
8984 &hlt[id_SNC - 1],
|
|
|
8985 sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8986 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
8987
|
|
|
8988 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */
|
|
|
8989 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^=
|
|
|
8990 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
8991 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start)
|
|
|
8992 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start;
|
|
|
8993 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop)
|
|
|
8994 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop;
|
|
|
8995 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^=
|
|
|
8996 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8997 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg)
|
|
|
8998 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
8999 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg)
|
|
|
9000 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
9001 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
9002 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^=
|
|
|
9003 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
9004 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg)
|
|
|
9005 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
9006 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg)
|
|
|
9007 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
205
|
9008 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp)
|
|
|
9009 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
|
7
|
9010 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font)
|
|
|
9011 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font;
|
|
|
9012 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
9013 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset)
|
|
|
9014 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
9015 # endif
|
|
|
9016 # endif
|
|
|
9017 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1;
|
|
|
9018 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */
|
|
|
9019 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1);
|
|
|
9020 # endif
|
|
|
9021 }
|
|
|
9022 }
|
|
|
9023 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
9024 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt;
|
|
|
9025 # endif
|
|
|
9026
|
|
|
9027 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */
|
|
|
9028
|
|
|
9029 return OK;
|
|
|
9030 }
|
|
|
9031
|
|
1322
|
9032 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
9033
|
|
|
9034 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
9035 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr));
|
|
|
9036
|
|
|
9037 /*
|
|
|
9038 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command.
|
|
|
9039 */
|
|
|
9040 void
|
|
|
9041 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
9042 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
9043 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
9044 {
|
|
|
9045 char_u *p;
|
|
|
9046
|
|
|
9047 /* Default: expand group names */
|
|
|
9048 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
9049 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
1322
|
9050 include_link = 2;
|
|
|
9051 include_default = 1;
|
|
7
|
9052
|
|
|
9053 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
9054 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
9055 {
|
|
|
9056 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
9057 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */
|
|
|
9058 {
|
|
1322
|
9059 include_default = 0;
|
|
7
|
9060 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
9061 {
|
|
|
9062 arg = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
9063 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
9064 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
9065 }
|
|
|
9066 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */
|
|
|
9067 {
|
|
1322
|
9068 include_link = 0;
|
|
7
|
9069 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N')
|
|
|
9070 highlight_list();
|
|
|
9071 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
9072 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
9073 {
|
|
|
9074 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
9075 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
9076 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */
|
|
|
9077 {
|
|
|
9078 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
9079 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
9080 }
|
|
|
9081 }
|
|
|
9082 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */
|
|
|
9083 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
9084 }
|
|
|
9085 }
|
|
|
9086 }
|
|
|
9087 }
|
|
|
9088
|
|
|
9089 /*
|
|
|
9090 * List highlighting matches in a nice way.
|
|
|
9091 */
|
|
|
9092 static void
|
|
|
9093 highlight_list()
|
|
|
9094 {
|
|
|
9095 int i;
|
|
|
9096
|
|
|
9097 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
9098 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
9099 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
9100 highlight_list_two(99, 0);
|
|
|
9101 }
|
|
|
9102
|
|
|
9103 static void
|
|
|
9104 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr)
|
|
|
9105 int cnt;
|
|
|
9106 int attr;
|
|
|
9107 {
|
|
|
9108 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr);
|
|
|
9109 msg_clr_eos();
|
|
|
9110 out_flush();
|
|
|
9111 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE);
|
|
|
9112 }
|
|
|
9113
|
|
|
9114 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
9115
|
|
|
9116 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \
|
|
|
9117 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
9118 /*
|
|
|
9119 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names.
|
|
|
9120 * Also used for synIDattr() function.
|
|
|
9121 */
|
|
|
9122 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
9123 char_u *
|
|
|
9124 get_highlight_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
9125 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
9126 int idx;
|
|
|
9127 {
|
|
|
9128 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
1322
|
9129 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len && include_none != 0)
|
|
|
9130 return (char_u *)"none";
|
|
|
9131 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none && include_default != 0)
|
|
|
9132 return (char_u *)"default";
|
|
|
9133 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default
|
|
|
9134 && include_link != 0)
|
|
7
|
9135 return (char_u *)"link";
|
|
1322
|
9136 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default + 1
|
|
|
9137 && include_link != 0)
|
|
7
|
9138 return (char_u *)"clear";
|
|
|
9139 #endif
|
|
|
9140 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
9141 return NULL;
|
|
|
9142 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name;
|
|
|
9143 }
|
|
|
9144 #endif
|
|
|
9145
|
|
1322
|
9146 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
9147 /*
|
|
|
9148 * Free all the highlight group fonts.
|
|
|
9149 * Used when quitting for systems which need it.
|
|
|
9150 */
|
|
|
9151 void
|
|
|
9152 free_highlight_fonts()
|
|
|
9153 {
|
|
|
9154 int idx;
|
|
|
9155
|
|
|
9156 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
9157 {
|
|
|
9158 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
9159 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
9160 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
9161 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
9162 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
9163 # endif
|
|
|
9164 }
|
|
|
9165
|
|
|
9166 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
|
|
|
9167 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
9168 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
|
|
|
9169 # endif
|
|
|
9170 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2
|
|
|
9171 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
|
|
|
9172 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
|
|
|
9173 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
|
|
|
9174 # endif
|
|
|
9175 }
|
|
|
9176 #endif
|
|
|
9177
|
|
|
9178 /**************************************
|
|
|
9179 * End of Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
9180 **************************************/
|
